Toyota - Highlander - Owners Manual - 2017 - 2017

Pictorial index Search by illustration 1 For safety and security Make sure to read through them 2 Instrument cluster How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of warning lights and indicators, etc. Operation of 3 each component Opening and closing the doors and windows, adjustment before driving, etc. 4 Driving Operations and advice which are necessary for driving 5 Audio system Operating the audio system 6 Interior features Usage of the interior features, etc. 7 Maintenance and care Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures 8 When trouble arises What to do in case of malfunction or emergency 9 Vehicle specifications Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc. 10 For owners Index HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners Search by symptom Search alphabetically 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS For your information....................... 8 Reading this manual .................... 12 How to search.............................. 13 Pictorial index .............................. 14 1 For safety and security 1-1. For safe use Before driving ...................... 26 For safety drive ................... 28 Seat belts ............................ 30 SRS airbags ........................ 40 Front passenger occupant classification system ......... 53 Safety information for children ............................. 60 Child restraint systems........ 61 Installing child restraints ........................... 65 Exhaust gas precautions ....................... 79 1-2. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer system............................... 80 Alarm................................... 82 2 Instrument cluster 2. Instrument cluster Warning lights and indicators........................... 86 Gauge and meters .............. 92 Multi-information display............................... 95 Eco Driving Indicator ......... 102 Fuel consumption information ...................... 103 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component 3-1. Key information Keys................................... 108 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Side doors ......................... 115 Back door .......................... 123 Glass hatch........................ 136 Smart key system .............. 141 3-3. Adjusting the seats Front seats......................... 149 Rear seats ......................... 151 Driving position memory ........................... 158 Head restraints .................. 162 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors Steering wheel................... 166 Inside rear view mirror ............................... 168 Outside rear view mirrors ............................. 170 3-5. Opening and closing the windows Power windows.................. 172 Moon roof .......................... 176 Panoramic moon roof .................................. 180 3 4 Driving 4-1. Before driving Driving the vehicle............. 186 Cargo and luggage............ 195 Vehicle load limits ............. 200 Trailer towing..................... 201 Dinghy towing.................... 217 4-2. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a smart key system)........... 218 Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system)..................... 221 Automatic transmission.................... 227 Turn signal lever................ 233 Parking brake .................... 234 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Headlight switch ................ 235 Automatic High Beam ....... 239 Fog light switch ................. 243 Windshield wipers and washer ............................ 244 Rear window wiper and washer ............................ 248 4-4. Refueling Opening the fuel tank cap .......................... 250 4-5. Using the driving support systems Toyota Safety Sense P........................... 254 PCS (Pre-Collision System) ........................... 261 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) ............................ 275 Dynamic radar cruise control.............................. 285 Stop & Start system........... 297 Rear view monitor system ............................. 307 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)......... 316 1 2 3 4 • BSM function ................. 321 • RCTA function ............... 324 All-wheel drive lock switch .............................. 330 Driving assist systems ........................... 331 Downhill assist control system ............................. 337 4-6. Driving tips Winter driving tips .............. 339 Utility vehicle precautions...................... 343 5 6 7 8 9 10 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 Audio system 5-1. Basic Operations Audio system types ........... 350 Entune Audio..................... 351 Steering wheel audio switches .......................... 354 AUX Port/USB Port ........... 355 Basic audio operations ....................... 356 5-2. Setup Setup menu....................... 358 General settings ................ 359 Audio settings.................... 360 Display settings ................. 361 Voice settings.................... 362 5-3. Using Entune Audio Selecting the audio source ............................. 363 List screen operation......... 364 Optimal use of Entune Audio............................... 366 5-4. Using the radio Radio operation................. 367 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs CD player operation........... 369 5-6. Using an external device Listening to an iPod ........... 375 Listening to a USB memory device ................ 379 Using the AUX port............ 383 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Preparations to use wireless communication ................ 384 Registering a Bluetooth® audio player for the first time........................... 388 Registering a Bluetooth® phone for the first time........................... 389 Registering a Bluetooth® device .............................. 390 Connecting a Bluetooth® device .............................. 392 Displaying a Bluetooth® device details................... 394 Detailed Bluetooth® system settings................ 395 5-8. Bluetooth® Audio Listening to Bluetooth® Audio ............................... 396 5 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Using a Bluetooth® Phone.............................. 397 Making a call ..................... 399 Receiving a call ................. 402 Speaking on the phone .............................. 403 Bluetooth® phone message function............ 406 Using the steering wheel switches................ 410 Bluetooth® phone settings............................ 411 Contact/Call History Settings ........................... 412 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)............ 421 5-10. Bluetooth® Bluetooth® ......................... 425 5-11. Using the voice command system Voice command system............................. 429 6 Interior features 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Front manual air conditioning system......... 436 Front automatic air conditioning system......... 442 Rear manual air conditioning system......... 449 Rear automatic air conditioning system......... 452 Heated steering wheel/ seat heaters/seat ventilators ........................ 455 6-2. Using the interior lights Interior lights list................. 458 1 2 3 4 5 • Interior lights.................. 458 • Personal lights............... 459 6-3. Using the storage features List of storage features ........................... 460 6 7 • Glove box ...................... 461 • Console box .................. 461 • Bottle holders ................ 462 8 • Cup holders ................... 463 • Auxiliary boxes .............. 465 • Open tray ...................... 466 Luggage compartment features ........................... 467 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9 10 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS 6-4. Using the other interior features Other interior features ....... 469 • Sun visors ..................... 469 • Vanity mirrors................ 469 • Conversation mirror ...... 470 • Clock ............................. 471 • Outside temperature display........................... 472 • Power outlets ................ 473 • USB charging ports....... 475 • Rear sunshades............ 477 • Armrest ......................... 478 • Coat hooks.................... 479 • Assist grips ................... 479 • Side table ...................... 480 Garage door opener.......... 481 Safety Connect.................. 488 Compass ........................... 494 7 Maintenance and care 7-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior.......... 500 Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior........... 504 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-2. Maintenance Maintenance requirements ................... 507 General maintenance.................... 510 Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs ......................... 513 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Do-it-yourself service precautions...................... 514 Hood .................................. 516 Positioning a floor jack .......................... 518 Engine compartment ......... 519 Tires................................... 531 Tire inflation pressure ........ 542 Wheels............................... 545 Air conditioning filter .......... 547 Wireless remote control/electronic key battery ............................. 549 Checking and replacing fuses................................552 Light bulbs ......................... 556 7 8 When trouble arises 9 Vehicle specifications 8-1. Essential information Emergency flashers .......... 572 If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency ...................... 573 9-1. Specifications Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 650 Fuel information................. 664 Tire information.................. 667 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency If your vehicle needs to be towed ..................... 575 If you think something is wrong........................... 579 Fuel pump shut off system............................. 580 If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds ............................ 581 If a warning message is displayed ..................... 591 If you have a flat tire.......... 608 If the engine will not start ........................... 633 If the electronic key does not operate properly........ 635 If the vehicle battery is discharged................... 638 If your vehicle overheats ........................ 644 If the vehicle becomes stuck................................ 647 9-2. Customization Customizable features ........................... 680 9-3. Initialization Items to initialize ................ 692 1 2 3 10 For owners 4 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners ........................ 694 Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)................................695 SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French)................................698 5 Index What to do if... (Troubleshooting)..................... 708 Alphabetical index ...................... 714 6 7 8 9 10 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 For your information Main Owner’s Manual Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle. All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice. Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ from your vehicle in terms of color and equipment. Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction. Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle. This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9 Installation of a mobile two-way radio system The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as: ● Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system ● Dynamic radar cruise control system ● Anti-lock brake system ● SRS airbag system ● Seat belt pretensioner system Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system. Vehicle data recordings Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record certain data, such as: • Engine speed • Accelerator status • Brake status • Vehicle speed • Shift position The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations. ● Data Transmission Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota without notification to you. ● Data usage Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve quality. Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except: • With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if the vehicle is leased • In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency • For use by Toyota in a law suit • For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner ● Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only) If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those services, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service Agreement for information on data collected and its usage. ● To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 10 Event data recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. ● Disclosure of the EDR data Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except when: • An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehicle) is obtained • In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency • For use by Toyota in a law suit However, if necessary, Toyota may: • Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance • Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 11 Scrapping of your Toyota The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer before you scrap your vehicle. Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries. WARNING ■ General precautions while driving Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in death or serious injury. Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents. Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you, your occupants or others. ■ General precaution regarding children’s safety Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 12 Reading this manual WARNING: Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or serious injury to people. NOTICE: Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment. 1 2 3 Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps in numerical order. Indicates the action (pushing, turning, etc.) used to operate switches and other devices. Indicates the outcome of an operation (e.g. a lid opens). Indicates the component or position being explained. Means “Do not”, “Do not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 13 How to search ■ Searching by name • Alphabetical index .......P. 714 ■ Searching by installation position • Pictorial index................P. 14 ■ Searching by symptom or sound • What to do if... (Troubleshooting) ........P. 708 ■ Searching by title • Table of contents .............P. 2 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 14 Pictorial index Pictorial index ■ Exterior 1 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key* . . . . . . . . . . Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 115 P. 115 P. 172 P. 635 P. 593 2 Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 123 Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 115 Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 593 3 Glass hatch* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136 Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 593 4 Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170 Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170 Folding the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170 Driving position memory* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158 Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 438, 444 5 Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 244 Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 339 To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer). . . . . . . . . P. 438, 445 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 15 Pictorial index 6 Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 250 Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 250 Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 653 7 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter tires/tire chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 531 P. 660 P. 339 P. 531 P. 608 8 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coping with overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 516 P. 516 P. 654 P. 644 P. 593 Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving (Replacing method: P. 556, Watts: P. 663) 9 Headlights/daytime running lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235 10 Daytime running lights* /parking lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235 11 Front fog lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243 12 Front turn signal lights/parking lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233 13 Stop/tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235 Hill-start assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 331 Downhill assist control system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 337 14 License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235 15 Back-up lights Shifting the shift lever to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227 16 Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235 17 Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233 *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 16 Pictorial index ■ Instrument panel 1 Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218, 221 Starting the engine/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218, 221 Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 573 When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 633 Warning messages*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 604 2 Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When the shift lever does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227 P. 227 P. 575 P. 231 3 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92 Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92 Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 86 When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 581 Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 95 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 95 When a warning message or indicator is displayed. . . . . . . . . P. 591 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 17 Pictorial index 4 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234 P. 234 P. 340 P. 591 5 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlights/tail lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233 P. 235 P. 235 P. 243 6 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 244, 248 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 244, 248 Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 530 Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 600 7 Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 572 8 Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 516 9 Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 166 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 166 10 Manual air conditioning system*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 436 Automatic air conditioning system*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 436, 442 Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 438, 444 11 Entune Audio*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 351 Entune Audio Plus*1, 2 Entune Premium Audio*1, 2 12 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 471 13 Power back door main switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126 14 Fuel filler door opener switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 252 *1: If equipped *2: For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 18 Pictorial index ■ Switches 1 Automatic High Beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 239 2 Stop & Start cancel switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 298 1, 2 3 Camera switch* 4 Power back door switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 123 5 Windshield wiper de-icer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 438, 445 6 Heated steering wheel switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 456 7 Intuitive parking assist switch*1, 2 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Pictorial index 19 1 Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119 2 Driving position memory switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158 3 Outside rear view mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 170 4 Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119 5 Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172 6 Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 173 7 Tire pressure warning reset switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 534 *1: If equipped * : Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”. 2 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 20 Pictorial index 1 Talk switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 429 2 Audio remote control switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354 3 Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 96 4 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 291 5 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 278 6 Dynamic radar cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 285 7 Telephone switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 410 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Pictorial index 21  Type A  Type B 1 VSC OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 333 2 “SNOW” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 228 3 “DAC” switch*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 337 4 All-wheel drive lock switch*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 330 5 Seat heater/ventilator switches*2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 456 6 Seat heater switches*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 456 *1: For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”. 2 : If equipped * HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 22 Pictorial index ■ Interior 1 SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 40 2 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 26 3 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 149 4 Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 162 5 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 30 6 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 461 7 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 463 8 Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 151 9 Rear manual air conditioning switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 449 Rear automatic air conditioning switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 452 Second seat heater switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 457 10 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 478 11 Side table*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 480 12 Rear seat entertainment system*1, 2 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Pictorial index 23 1 Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 168 2 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 469 3 Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 469 4 Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 458 5 Moon roof switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176 Panoramic moon roof switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 180 6 Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465 Conversation mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 470 7 “SOS” button*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 488 8 Garage door opener switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 481 9 Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 479 *1: If equipped *2: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 24 Pictorial index HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 25 For safety and security 1 1-1. For safe use Before driving...................... 26 For safety drive ................... 28 Seat belts ............................ 30 SRS airbags........................ 40 Front passenger occupant classification system ......... 53 Safety information for children ............................. 60 Child restraint systems............................. 61 Installing child restraints ........................... 65 Exhaust gas precautions ....................... 79 1-2. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer system .............................. 80 Alarm................................... 82 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 26 1-1. For safe use Before driving Floor mat Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place onto the carpet. 1 Insert the retaining hooks (clips) into the floor mat eyelets. 2 Turn the upper knob of each retaining hook (clip) to secure the floor mats in place. *: Always align the marks. * The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the illustration. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 27 WARNING ● Check that the floor mat is securely fixed in the correct place with all the provided retaining hooks (clips). Be especially careful to perform this check after cleaning the floor. ● With the engine stopped and the shift lever in P, fully depress each pedal to the floor to make sure it does not interfere with the floor mat. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ When installing the driver’s floor mat ● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats. ● Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat. ● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided. ● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other. ● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down. ■ Before driving 28 1-1. For safe use For safety drive For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate position before driving. Correct driving posture 1 Adjust the angle of the seat- back so that you are sitting straight up and so that you do not have to lean forward to steer. (→P. 149) 2 Adjust the seat so that you can depress the pedals fully and so that your arms bend slightly at the elbow when gripping the steering wheel. (→P. 149) 3 Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint closest to the top of your ears. (→P. 162) 4 Wear the seat belt correctly. (→P. 30) Correct use of the seat belts Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. (→P. 30) Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 61) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 29 Adjusting the mirrors Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (→P. 168, 170) WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving. Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. ● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback. A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint. ● Do not place anything under the front seats. Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged. ● Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads. ● When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to feel tired. Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to continue driving and take a break immediately. 30 1-1. For safe use Seat belts Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. Correct use of the seat belts ● Extend the shoulder belt so that it comes fully over the shoulder, but does not come into contact with the neck or slide off the shoulder. ● Position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips. ● Adjust the position of the seatback. Sit up straight and well back in the seat. ● Do not twist the seat belt. Fastening and releasing the seat belt (except for the third center seat) 1 To fasten the seat belt, push the plate into the buckle until a click sound is heard. 2 To release the seat belt, press the release button. Release button HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 31 Fastening the seat belt (for the third center seat) 1 Take the plate out of the holder, and then pull down the seat belt. 1 until a click sound is heard. Plate “A” Buckle “A” 3 Push plate “B” into buckle “B” until a click sound is heard. Plate “B” Buckle “B” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security 2 Push plate “A” into buckle “A” 32 1-1. For safe use Releasing and stowing the seat belt (for the third center seat) 1 To release plate “B”, press the release button on buckle “B”. Plate “B” Release button Buckle “B” 2 To release plate “A”, insert the Plate “A” key (→P. 108) or plate “B” into the hole on buckle “A”. Retract the belt slowly when releasing and stowing the seat belt. Buckle “A” Plate “A” Plate “B” 3 Holding plate “A” and “B” together, insert both plates into the holder on the roof. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Buckle “A” 1-1. For safe use 33 Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats) 1 Push the seat belt shoulder anchor down while pressing the release button. 2 Push the seat belt shoulder anchor up. Seat belt comfort guide (for the third center seat) If the shoulder belt sits close to a person's neck, use the seat belt comfort guide. 1 Pull the comfort guide from the pocket. 2 Slide the belt past the slot of the guide. The elastic cord must be behind the seat belt. 3 Buckle the seat belt and posi- tion it comfortably. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Move the height adjuster up and down as needed until you hear a click. 34 1-1. For safe use Seat belt pretensioners (front seats) The pretensioners help the seat belts to quickly restrain the occupants by retracting the seat belts when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe frontal collision or a vehicle rollover. The pretensioners do not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a side impact or a rear impact. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 35 Pass the outer seat belts through the seat belt hangers and secure the seat belt plates to prevent the shoulder belts from being damaged.  Third seat belts Pass the outer seat belts through the seat belt hangers and secure the seat belt plates to prevent the shoulder belts from being damaged. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR) The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend so that you can move around fully. ■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR) When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (→P. 65) ■ When not using the rear seat belts  Second seat belts 36 1-1. For safe use ■ Child seat belt usage The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult size. ● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 61) ● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (→P. 30) ■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated (front seats) If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions. ■ Seat belt extender If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of charge. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 37 WARNING Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ■ Pregnant women Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 30) Women who are pregnant should position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips in the same manner as other occupants, extending the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and avoiding belt contact with the rounding of the abdominal area. If the seat belt is not worn properly, not only the pregnant woman, but also the fetus could suffer death or serious injury as a result of sudden braking or a collision. ■ People suffering illness Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 30) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ Wearing a seat belt ● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt. ● Always wear a seat belt properly. ● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt for more than one person at once, including children. ● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system. ● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. ● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm. ● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips. 38 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ When children are in the vehicle Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt. ■ Seat belt pretensioners (front seats) If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer. ■ Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats) Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident. (→P. 33) ■ Seat belt damage and wear ● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be jammed in the door. ● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury. ● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted. If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. ● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage. ● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer. Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 39 WARNING Do not use the third center seat belt with either buckle released. Fastening only one of the buckles may result in death or serious injury in case of sudden braking, sudden swerving or a collision. NOTICE ■ When using a seat belt extender When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ Using a seat belt comfort guide (third center seat) Failure to observe the following precautions could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in an accident, causing death or serious injury. ● Make sure the belt is not twisted and that it lies flat. The elastic cord must be behind the belt and the guide must be on the front. ● To reduce the chance of injury in case of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident while driving, remove and store the comfort guide in its pocket when it is not in use. ● Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the neck, and should not fall off the shoulder. ■ Using a seat belt extender ● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without the extender. ● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. ● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the one originally intended. ■ When using the third center seat belt 40 1-1. For safe use SRS airbags The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the risk of death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 41 ◆ SRS front airbags 1 SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components 2 SRS driver’s knee airbag Can help provide driver protection 1 3 SRS seat cushion airbag ◆ SRS side and curtain shield airbags 4 SRS side airbags Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants 5 SRS curtain shield airbags ● Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer seats ● Can prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehicle in the event of vehicle rollover HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security Can help restrain the front passenger 42 1-1. For safe use SRS airbag system components 1 Front passenger airbag 10 Side impact sensors (rear) 2 Curtain shield airbags 11 Front passenger’s seat belt 3 Side impact sensors (front doors) buckle switch 12 Driver’s seat position sensor 4 “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG 13 Driver’s 5 Seat belt pretensioners and 14 Driver’s knee airbag OFF” indicator lights force limiters 6 Side airbags 7 Seat cushion airbag 8 SRS warning light 9 Driver airbag HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) seat belt buckle switch 15 Front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors) 16 Front impact sensors 17 Airbag sensor assembly 1-1. For safe use 43 Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on information obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system components diagram above. This information includes crash severity and occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occupants. ■ SRS airbag precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts. ● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises: Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several ways: • Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably. • Slightly recline the back of the seat. Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, nonslippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature. • If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck. The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instrument panel controls. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security WARNING 1 44 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ SRS airbag precautions ● If the seat belt extender has been connected to the front seat belt buckles but the seat belt extender has not also been fastened to the latch plate of the seat belt, the SRS front airbags will judge that the driver and front passenger are wearing the seat belt even though the seat belt has not been connected. In this case, the SRS front airbags may not activate correctly in a collision, resulting in death or serious injury in the event of a collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender. ● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits upright. ● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (→P. 61) ● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean against the dashboard. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 45 WARNING ■ SRS airbag precautions ● Do not allow a child to stand in front of the SRS front passenger airbag unit or sit on the knees of a front passenger. ● Do not allow the front seat occupants to hold items on their knees. ● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the passenger seat toward the door or put their head or hands outside the vehicle. ● Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard, steering wheel pad and lower portion of the instrument panel. These items can become projectiles when the SRS driver, front passenger and driver’s knee airbags deploy. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security ● Do not lean against the door, the roof side rail or the front, side and rear pillars. 1 46 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ SRS airbag precautions ● Do not attach anything to areas such as a door, windshield, side window, front or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip. ● Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard objects such as keys and accessories to the key. The objects may restrict the SRS driver’s knee airbag inflation or be thrust into the driver’s seat area by the force of the deploying airbag, thus causing a danger. ● Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy. ● If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS driver’s knee airbag will deploy, be sure to remove it. ● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system or cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components. Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction. ● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot. ● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 47 WARNING ■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury. ● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags ● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel, instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear pillars or roof side rails ● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper or side of the occupant compartment ● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows, winches or roof luggage carrier ● Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system ● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD players ● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ SRS airbag precautions ● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer. ● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat. Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision. 48 1-1. For safe use ■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) ● Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags, due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases. ● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted. ● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot. ● The windshield may crack. ● For U.S.A.: For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in the event of a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an emergency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle's location (without needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the necessary emergency services. (→P. 488) ■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags) ● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or deform). However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following situations: • If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact • If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a truck ● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pretensioners will activate. ● The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 53) ● The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger’s seat will not operate if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 49 ■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags) ● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]). ● The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover. ● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of a severe frontal collision. ● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard surface ● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole ● Landing hard or falling The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown in the illustration. ● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal ● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security ■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than a collision The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration. 1 50 1-1. For safe use ■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front airbags) The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur. ● Collision from the side ● Collision from the rear ● Vehicle rollover ■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and curtain shield airbags) The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment. ● Collision from the side to the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment ● Collision from the side at an angle The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or lowspeed frontal collision. ● Collision from the rear ● Vehicle rollover HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 51 The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision. ● Collision from the rear ● Pitching end over end 1 ● The front of the vehicle is damaged or deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS front airbags to inflate. ● A portion of a door or its surrounding area is damaged or deformed, or the vehicle was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side and curtain shield airbags to inflate. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security ■ When to contact your Toyota dealer In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. ● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated. 52 1-1. For safe use ● The pad section of the steering wheel, dashboard near the front passenger airbag or lower portion of the instrument panel is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged. ● The front passenger’s seat cushion surface is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged. ● The surface of the seats with the side airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged. ● The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding) containing the curtain shield airbags inside is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 53 Front passenger occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the front passenger. 1 SRS warning light 2 Seat belt reminder light 3 “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light 4 “AIR BAG ON” indicator light HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  For Canada For safety and security  For U.S.A. 1 54 1-1. For safe use Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system ■ Adult*1 “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG ON” SRS warning light Off Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3 Indicator/ warning light Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Activated Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Devices Front passenger seat cushion airbag Activated*2 or deactivated*3 Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 55 1-1. For safe use ■ Child*4 “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG OFF” or “AIR BAG ON”*4 SRS warning light Off Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3 1 Front passenger airbag Deactivated or activated*4 For safety and security Indicator/ warning light Side airbag on the front passenger seat Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Devices Activated Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated or activated*4, 2 Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated ■ Child restraint system with infant*5 “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG OFF”*6 SRS warning light Off Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or flashing*3 Front passenger airbag Deactivated Indicator/ warning light Side airbag on the front passenger seat Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Devices Activated Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 56 1-1. For safe use ■ Unoccupied “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights Indicator/ warning light “AIR BAG OFF” SRS warning light Off Seat belt reminder light Front passenger airbag Side airbag on the front passenger seat Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Devices Deactivated Activated Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 57 1-1. For safe use ■ There is a malfunction in the system “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights “AIR BAG OFF” SRS warning light On Seat belt reminder light Off Front passenger airbag Deactivated Indicator/ warning light Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side Devices Activated Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated *1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/ her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture. *2: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt. *3: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt. *4: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convertible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which may affect this can be the physique or posture. *5: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (→P. 61) *6: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to install the child restraint system properly. (→P. 65) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security Side airbag on the front passenger seat 1 58 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant classification system. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ● Wear the seat belt properly. ● Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat. ● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision. ● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g. seatback pockets). ● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat. ● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or press on the seatback with their legs. ● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 59 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions ● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated, which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system. ● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward. ● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front passenger seat in the proper order. (→P. 65) ● Do not modify or remove the front seats. ● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately. ● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the front seatbacks. ● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface. ● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat. 60 1-1. For safe use Safety information for children Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehicle. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. ● It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid accidental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch etc. ● Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the power window accidentally. ● Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door, seats etc. WARNING Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the windows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 61 Child restraint systems A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the LATCH anchors or the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require the use of child restraint systems. Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat. ● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appropriate to the age and size of the child. ● For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child restraint system. General installation instructions are provided in this manual. (→P. 65) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security Points to remember 1 62 1-1. For safe use Types of child restraints Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types according to the age and size of the child:  Rear facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat  Booster seat  Forward facing ⎯ Convertible seat ■ Selecting an appropriate child restraint system ● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. ● If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 30) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 63 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ Child restraint precautions ● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior. ● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. ● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat. ● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat. Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured. ● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of an accident. 64 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ Child restraint precautions ● Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child. ● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident. ■ When children are in the vehicle Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt. ■ When the child restraint system is not in use ● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the passenger compartment. ● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. If a head restraint was removed when installing a child restraint system, always install the head restraint before driving. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 65 Installing child restraints Child restraint LATCH anchors  8-seat models LATCH anchors are provided for the outboard second seats.  7-seat models LATCH anchors are provided for both second seats. Seat belts equipped with a child restraint locking mechanism (ALR/ELR belts except driver's seat belt) (→P. 35) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions. Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing a child restraint. The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children) system. 66 1-1. For safe use Anchor brackets (for top tether strap)  Second seats (8-seat models) An anchor bracket is provided for each second seat.  Second seats (7-seat models) An anchor bracket is provided for both second seats.  Third seats An anchor bracket is provided for the third center seat. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 67 Installation with LATCH system 1 Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). Move the seat as far back as possible. 1 2 Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.  Type A 3 Latch the hooks of the lower straps onto anchors. the LATCH If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system. Canada only HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 163) 68 1-1. For safe use  Type B 3 Latch the buckles onto the LATCH anchors. If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system. Canada only HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 69 Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt) ■ Rear-facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat 1 Adjusting the seat  Second seats Move the seat as far back as possible.  Third seats Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). 2 Place the child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat facing the rear of the vehicle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). 70 1-1. For safe use 3 Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. 4 Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended. 5 While pushing the child restraint system down into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place. After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 71 ■ Forward-facing ⎯ Convertible seat 1 Adjusting the seat  Second seats Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position).  Third seats Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). 2 Place the child restraint sys- tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle. If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 163) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security Move the seat as far back as possible. 1 72 1-1. For safe use 3 Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. 4 Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended. 5 While pushing the child restraint system into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place. After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. 6 If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (→P. 75) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 73 ■ Booster seat 1 Adjusting the seat  Second seats Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). 1  For safety and security Move the seat as far back as possible. Third seats Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the seatback and secure it at the 1st lock position (most upright position). 2 Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the vehicle. If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 163)  High back type HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  Booster type 74 1-1. For safe use 3 Sit the child in the child restraint system. Fit the seat belt to the child restraint system according to the manufacturer’s instructions and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted. Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (→P. 30) Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt Push the buckle release button and fully retract the seat belt. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 75 Child restraint systems with a top tether strap 1 Raise the head restraint so that the top tether strap can easily be passed between the head restraint and seatback. 2 Secure the child restraint sys- tem using the seat belt or LATCH anchors. 3 Open the anchor bracket cover, latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap. Run the top tether strap under the head restraint. Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. ■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 163) 76 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ When installing a booster seat To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause injury or discomfort to the child. (→P. 35) ■ When installing a child restraint system Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual and fix the child restraint system securely in place. If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of a sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. ● If the driver’s seat interferes with the child restraint system and prevents it from being attached correctly, attach the child restraint system to the right-hand second seat. ● Adjust the front passenger seat so that it does not interfere with the child restraint system. ● Only put a forward-facing child restraint system on the front seat when unavoidable. When installing a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury if the airbags deploy (inflate). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 77 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ When installing a child restraint system ● When installing a child restraint system on the center second and third seat, adjust both seat cushions to the same position (second seat only) and align both seatbacks at the same angle. The seatbacks must be adjusted to the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. ● When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat as far back as possible (second seat only), with the seatback close to the child restraint system. ● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. ● Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not twisted. ● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward to ensure that it has been securely installed. ● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat. ● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer. ● When securing some types of child restraint systems in second or third seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. 78 1-1. For safe use WARNING ■ Do not use a seat belt extender If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. ■ To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-1. For safe use 79 Exhaust gas precautions Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust gases if inhaled. WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) For safety and security Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and odorless. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious health hazard. ■ Important points while driving ● Keep the back door and glass hatch closed. ● If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door and glass hatch are closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. ■ When parking ● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a garage, stop the engine. ● Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time. If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior. ● Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle. ■ Exhaust pipe The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer. 1 80 1-2. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer system The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the engine from starting if a key has not been previously registered in the vehicle’s on-board computer. Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts. Vehicles without a smart key system: The indicator light flashes after the key has been removed from the engine switch to indicate that the system is operating. The indicator light stops flashing after the registered key has been inserted into the engine switch to indicate that the system has been canceled. Vehicles with a smart key system: The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off to indicate that the system is operating. The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the system has been canceled. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-2. Theft deterrent system 81 NOTICE ■ To ensure the system operates correctly Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security ■ System maintenance The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system. ■ Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction ● If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object ● If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system (key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle ■ Certification for the engine immobilizer system  For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID: WRKRI-44BTY FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-3 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.  For vehicles sold in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. 82 1-2. Theft deterrent system Alarm∗ The alarm The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is detected. The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is set: ● A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using the entry function (vehicles with smart key system), wireless remote control or mechanical key. ● The hood is opened. ● The locked glass hatch (if equipped) is opened in any way other than using the entry function (vehicles with smart key system). ● The battery is reconnected. Setting the alarm system Close the doors, glass hatch (if equipped) and hood, and lock all the doors. The system will be set automatically after 30 seconds. The indicator light changes from being on to flashing when the system is set. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1-2. Theft deterrent system 83 Deactivating or stopping the alarm ■ System maintenance The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system. ■ Items to check before locking the vehicle To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of the following: ● Nobody is in the vehicle. ● The windows and the following openings are closed before the alarm is set. • The glass hatch (if equipped) • The moon roof (if equipped) • The panoramic moon roof (if equipped) ● No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 For safety and security Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarms: ● Unlock the doors. ● Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “ON” position, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.) ● Open the glass hatch (if equipped) using the entry function (vehicles with smart key system). 84 1-2. Theft deterrent system ■ Triggering of the alarm The alarm may be triggered in the following situations: (Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.) ● A person inside the vehicle opens a door or hood, or unlocks the vehicle using a inside lock button. ● The battery is recharged or replaced when the vehicle is locked. (→P. 642) ■ Alarm-operated door lock In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle: ● When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is activated. ● While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door. ● When recharging or replacing the battery. NOTICE ■ To ensure the system operates correctly Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 85 Instrument cluster 2 2. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster Warning lights and indicators .......................... 86 Gauge and meters .............. 92 Multi-information display............................... 95 Eco Driving Indicator......... 102 Fuel consumption information ...................... 103 86 2. Instrument cluster Warning lights and indicators The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems. For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration displays all warning lights and indicators illuminated. The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on the target region. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 87 2. Instrument cluster Warning lights Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehicle’s systems. *1 Brake system warning light (→P. 581) (Amber) (U.S.A.) *1 Brake system warning light (→P. 581) LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) indicator (→P. 583) *1 Slip indicator (→P. 582) *1 Malfunction indicator lamp (→P. 581) Low fuel level warning light (→P. 582) Malfunction indicator lamp (→P. 581) Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light (→P. 582) (U.S.A.) *1 (Canada) *1 *1 SRS warning light (→P. 581) ABS warning light (→P. 581) *4 Rear seat seat reminder lights (→P. 582) belt *2, 5 Stop & Start cancel indicator (→P. 583) (U.S.A.) *1 ABS warning light (→P. 581) *1 Master warning light (→P. 584) (Canada) *1 Electric power steering system warning light (→P. 582) *1 *1, 3 PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light (→P. 583) *1 (U.S.A) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Tire pressure warning light (→P. 584) Parking brake warning light (→P. 582) Instrument cluster (Canada) 2 88 2. Instrument cluster *1 Parking brake warning light (→P. 582) (Canada) *1: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. *2: If equipped *3: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction. *4: This light illuminates on the center panel. *5: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction. Additionally, it will turn on if the system is turned off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 89 Indicators The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s various systems. LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) indicator (→P. 275) Turn signal indicator (→P. 233) (U.S.A.) Tail light indicator (→P. 235) Headlight high beam indicator (→P. 236) Automatic High Beam indicator (→P. 239) *2 Front fog light indicator (→P. 243) Dynamic radar cruise control (constant speed control mode) indicator (→P. 293) Dynamic radar cruise control (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) indicator (→P. 289) *1, 5 *2, 3 *2 *2, 6, 7 *1, 4 *1 *1, 2 *2 Dynamic radar cruise control “SET” indicator (→P. 289, 293) *8 PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light (→P. 261) *1, 9 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Intuitive parking assist indicator BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) indicator(→P. 316) BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) outside rear view mirror indicators (→P. 316) Slip indicator (→P. 333) VSC OFF indicator (→P. 333) All-wheel drive lock indicator (→P. 330) Downhill assist control system indicator (→P. 337) Security indicator (→P. 80, 82) Eco Driving Indicator Light (→P. 102) 2 Instrument cluster (Canada) Headlight indicator (→P. 235) 90 2. Instrument cluster *2 “PWR MODE” indicator (→P. 229) *2, 5 Stop & Start cancel indicator (→P. 297) *1, 8 Snow mode indicator (→P. 228) “AIR BAG ON/ OFF” indicator (→P. 53) (U.S.A.) *2 *1, 8 Stop & Start indicator (→P. 297) “AIR BAG ON/ OFF” indicator (→P. 53) (Canada) *1: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. *2: If equipped *3: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MAN- UAL”. *4: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating. *5: The light comes on when the system is turned off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 91 *6: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators illuminate in the following situations:  Vehicles without a smart key system • When the BSM function is enabled on of the multi-information display, the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position. • When the engine switch is the “ON” position, the BSM function is enabled on of the multi-information display.  Vehicles with a smart key system • When the BSM function is enabled on of the multi-information display, the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. • When the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, the BSM function is of the multi-information display. If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators will turn off after a few seconds. If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. *7: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors. *8: This light illuminates on the center panel. *9: The light does not turn on when the system is disabled. WARNING ■ If a safety system warning light does not come on Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning lights not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster enabled on 2 92 2. Instrument cluster Gauge and meters The displayed content may differ depending on the type of meter. 1 Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute. 2 Multi-information display Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data. 3 Speedometer 4 Fuel gauge 5 Trip meter reset knob Switches the trip information. 6 Outside temperature 7 Odometer/trip meter/Stop & Start system operation time display* 8 Shift position and shift range Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (→P. 227) 9 Meter panel lights control button 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature. *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 93 Changing the trip meter display Switches between the trip meter “A” and “B” displays. When the trip meter is displayed, pressing and holding the knob will reset the trip meter. 2 Instrument panel light control Pressing the button will adjust the brightness of the meter panel lights. The brightness level of the meters when the surroundings are bright (day mode) and dark (night mode) can be adjusted individually. However, when in day mode, adjusting the brightness level will also change the brightness level of night mode. ■ The meters and display illuminate when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Outside temperature display In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change. ● When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h]) ● When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.) ■ Stop & Start system operation time (current) (if equipped) This display will be displayed when the engine is stopped due to the operation of the Stop & Start system. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster The brightness of the meter panel lights can be adjusted. 94 2. Instrument cluster NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the engine and its components ● Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maximum engine speed. ● The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 644) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 95 Multi-information display Display contents Drive information Select to display various drive data. (→P. 97) Navigation system(if Select to display the following navigation system-linked information. • Route guidance • Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display) Audio system-linked display (if equipped) Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter using the meter control switches. Driving assist system information Select to display the operational status of the following systems: • Dynamic radar cruise control (→P. 285) • LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (→P. 275) Stop & Start system information (if equipped) Select to display the operational status of the Stop & Start system. (→P. 297) Warning message display Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a malfunction is detected. (→P. 591) Settings display Select to change the meter display settings. (→P. 99) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster linked display equipped) 2 96 2. Instrument cluster ■ Operating the meter control switches 1 Enter/Set/Reset 2 Select an item/change pages 3 Return to the previous screen 4 Press: Displays the screen registered as the top screen When no screen has been registered, the drive information screen will be displayed. Press and hold: Registers the currently displayed screen as the top screen When the confirmation screen is displayed, select yes to register the screen. If the selected screen cannot be registered, a registration failure message will be shown. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 97 Drive information ● Current fuel consumption*1 Displays the current rate of fuel consumption ● Average fuel economy (after reset*2/after start/after refuel)*1 Displays the average fuel economy since the function was reset, the engine was started, and the vehicle was refueled, respectively Use the displayed average fuel economy as a reference. ● Average vehicle speed (after reset*2/after start)*1 Displays the elapsed time since the function was reset and the engine was started, respectively ● Distance (driving range/after start/after reset*2)*1 Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the engine was started, respectively. • This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed. • When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not be updated. When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated. ● Eco Driving Indicator →P. 102 ● AWD control (if equipped) Displays the torque distribution between the front and rear axles of the AWD control system ● Display off A blank screen is displayed *1: Can be registered to Drive information 1 through 3. (→P. 99) *2: Resetting procedures: • Select a function to be reset using the meter control switches and then press and hold to reset. • If there is more than one function that can be reset, check boxes will be displayed next to those functions. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2 Instrument cluster Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset and the engine was started, respectively ● Elapsed time (after reset*2/after start)*1 98 2. Instrument cluster Stop & Start system information (if equipped) ■ Stop & Start system operation time (current)/status notification Displays the current amount of time the engine has been stopped due to the operation of the Stop & Start system. Also shows the status of the Stop & Start system with a pop-up display. (→P. 303) ■ Stop & Start system operation time (after start/after reset) Displays the accumulated total of the following: • Stop & Start system operation time since engine start • Stop & Start system operation time since display was reset ■ Stop & Start system settings Press the center button of the meter control switches to display the Stop & Start system settings screen. On this screen, the following operations can be performed: ● Stop & Start The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the “A/C” switch of the air conditioning system is on can be set to 2 different levels. This setting can also be changed on . ● Reset Select to reset the Stop & Start system operation time display. To reset, move the cursor to “Reset”, and then press and hold the center button. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 99 Settings display 1 Select using the meter control switches. 2 Select an item and then set it with the center button. ■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) settings →P. 683 ■ PCS (Pre-Collision System) settings →P. 683 ■ BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) settings (if equipped) ■ Power mode (driving mode) settings (if equipped) Select to activate/deactivate the power mode. (→P. 684) ■ Stop & Start system settings (if equipped) The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the “A/ C” switch of the air conditioning system is on can be set to 2 different levels. (→P. 684) ■ Meter settings ● Language Select to change the language on the display. ● Units Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption. ● Maintenance system (for U.S.A.) Select to reset the maintenance data after the required maintenance is performed. (→P. 508) ● Eco Driving Indicator Light Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light. (→P. 102) ● switch settings You can register 1 screen as the top screen. To register, press and hold while the desired screen is displayed. ● Drive information 1 through 3 Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive information screen, up to 3 Drive information screens can be set. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster Select to activate/deactivate the BSM (Blind Spot Monitor). (→P. 684) 2 100 2. Instrument cluster ● Pop-up display Select to set the following pop-up displays, which may appear in some situations, on/off. • Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked system (if equipped) • Incoming call display of the hands-free phone system • Stop & Start system duration (if equipped) • Stop & Start system status (if equipped) • Instrument panel brightness adjustment display ● Accent color Select to change the accent colors on the screen, such as the cursor color. ● Speed limit display* (if equipped) Select to set the display of speed limit information stored in the navigation system to on with the speed limit caution indicator (yellow) enabled, on with the speed limit caution not enabled, or off. If enabled, the speed limit caution indicator will come on if the vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit. ● Initialization Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned to their default setting. *: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 101 WARNING ■ The information display at low temperatures Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal information display. At extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed. For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to downshift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an accident resulting in death or injury. ■ Cautions during setting up the display As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard. NOTICE ■ During setting up the display To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting up the display features. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2 Instrument cluster ■ Settings can be changed Customizable features: →P. 681 ■ Pop-up display In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up display, will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display. The pop-up display function can be set on/off. ■ Setting display automatic cancelation In the following situations, setting display in which the settings can be changed through the meter control switch will automatically be turned off. ● When a warning message appears while the setting display is displayed ● When the vehicle begins to move while the setting display is displayed ■ Liquid crystal display Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to use the display. 102 2. Instrument cluster Eco Driving Indicator Eco Driving Indicator Light During Eco-friendly acceleration operation (Eco driving), Eco Driving Indicator Light will turn on. When the acceleration exceeds Zone of Eco driving, and when the vehicle is stopped, the light turns off. Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display Suggests Zone of Eco driving with current Eco driving ratio based on acceleration. 1 Eco driving ratio based on acceleration If the acceleration exceeds Zone of Eco driving, the right side of Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display blinks. 2 Zone of Eco driving ■ Operation of Eco Driving Indicator Eco Driving Indicator will not operate in the following conditions: ● The shift lever is anything other than D. ● The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher. ■ Eco Driving Indicator Light customization →P. 99 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 103 Fuel consumption information Fuel consumption information can be displayed on the audio system screen. Audio system 2  Entune Audio Press the “CAR” button. If the “Past Record” screen is displayed, select “Trip Information”.  Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio 1 Press the “APPS” button. 2 Touch “ECO” on the “Apps” screen. If the “Past Record” screen is displayed, select “Trip Information”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Instrument cluster Trip information 104 2. Instrument cluster 1 Resetting the consumption data 2 Fuel consumption in the past 15 minutes 3 Average vehicle speed since the engine was started. 4 Elapsed time since the engine was started. 5 Cruising range (→P. 105) Vehicles without a smart key system: Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was last turned to the “ON” position. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference. Vehicles with a smart key system: Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was last turned to IGNITION ON mode. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference. This image is an example only. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2. Instrument cluster 105 Past record  Entune Audio Press the “CAR” button. If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “Past Record”.  Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio 1 Press the “APPS” button. 2 Touch “ECO” on the “Apps” screen. If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “Past Record”. 1 Resetting the past record 2 2 Best recorded fuel consump- Instrument cluster data tion 3 Average fuel consumption 4 Previous fuel consumption record 5 Updating the average fuel consumption data The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference. This image is an example only. ■ Updating the past record data Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Update” to measure the current fuel consumption again. ■ Resetting the data The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”. ■ Cruising range Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining. This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 106 2. Instrument cluster HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 107 Operation of each component 3 3-1. Key information Keys .................................. 108 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Side doors......................... 115 Back door.......................... 123 Glass hatch ....................... 136 Smart key system ............. 141 3-3. Adjusting the seats Front seats ........................ 149 Rear seats......................... 151 Driving position memory ... 158 Head restraints.................. 162 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors Steering wheel .................. 166 Inside rear view mirror .............................. 168 Outside rear view mirrors............................. 170 3-5. Opening and closing the windows Power windows ................. 172 Moon roof.......................... 176 Panoramic moon roof.................................. 180 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 108 3-1. Key information Keys The keys The following keys are provided with the vehicle.  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Master keys Operating the wireless remote control function (→P. 109) 2 Valet key 3 Key number plate  Vehicles with a smart key system 1 Electronic keys • Operating the smart key system (→P. 141) • Operating the wireless remote control function (→P. 109) 2 Mechanical keys 3 Key number plate HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-1. Key information 109 Wireless remote control  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Locks the doors (→P. 116) 2 Unlocks the doors (→P. 116) 3 Opens the windows and moon roof* (→P. 116) 4 Sounds the alarm (→P. 110) 5 Opens and closes the power back door (if equipped) (→P. 124) *: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.  3 Vehicles with a smart key system 2 Unlocks the doors (→P. 116) 3 Opens the windows and moon roof* (→P. 116) 4 Opens and closes the power back door (→P. 124) 5 Sounds the alarm (→P. 110) *: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component 1 Locks the doors (→P. 116) 110 3-1. Key information Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system) To take out the mechanical key, push the release button and take the key out. The mechanical key can only be inserted in one direction, as the key only has grooves on one side. If the key cannot be inserted in a lock cylinder, turn it over and reattempt to insert it. After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will need the mechanical key. (→P. 635) ■ Panic mode  Vehicles without a smart key system When is pressed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound intermittently and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. To stop the alarm, press any button on the wireless remote control.  Vehicles with a smart key system When is pressed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound intermittently and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. To stop the alarm, press any button on the electronic key. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-1. Key information 111 ■ When required to leave the vehicle’s key with a parking attendant Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (→P. 461) Vehicles without a smart key system: Carry the master key for your own use and provide the attendant with the valet key. Vehicles with a smart key system: Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only. ■ If you lose your keys New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using a master key (vehicles without a smart key system) or the other key (vehicles with a smart key system) and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ When riding in an aircraft When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft. ■ Conditions affecting operation  Vehicles without a smart key system The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the following situations: ● When the wireless key battery is depleted ● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise ● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communication device ● When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity ● When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object ● When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby ● When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a personal computer ● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the rear window  Vehicles with a smart key system →P. 144 112 3-1. Key information ■ Key battery depletion  Vehicles without a smart key system If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 549)  Vehicles with a smart key system ● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. ● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine stops. (→P. 605) ● As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indicate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 549) • The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate. • The detection area becomes smaller. • The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on. ● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field: • TVs • Personal computers • Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers • Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones • Table lamps • Induction cookers ■ When the key battery is fully depleted →P. 549 ■ Confirmation of the registered key number (vehicles with a smart key system) The number of electronic keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask your Toyota dealer for details. ■ If a wrong key is used (vehicles with a smart key system) The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism. ■ Customization Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-1. Key information 113 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles without a smart key system) TRW Automotive Automobile Entry/Security Transmitter Model: 226624-101, 226624-102 FCC ID: GQ4-52T IC: 1470A-33T Auto Alarm/Security system Receiver Model: 230433 FCC ID: GQ4-45R CAN RSS-GEN/CNR-GEN MADE IN U.S.A. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by TRW Automotive U.S. LLC could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. ■ Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles with a smart key system) →P. 147 114 3-1. Key information NOTICE ■ To prevent key damage ● Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them. ● Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time. ● Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc. ● Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys close to such materials. ● Do not disassemble the keys. ● Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the key with a wireless remote control function. ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment. ■ Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with a smart key system) Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appliances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, causing the key to not function properly. ■ In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related problems (vehicles with a smart key system) Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to your Toyota dealer. ■ When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with a smart key system) If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic keys that was provided with your vehicle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 115 Side doors Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside ◆ Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system) Carry the electronic key to enable this function.  Front doors 1 Grip the driver’s door handle to unlock the door. Grip the passenger's door handle to unlock all the doors.* *: The door unlock settings can be changed. (→P. 121) 2 Touch the lock sensor (indentation on the upper part of the door handle) to lock all the doors. Check that the door is securely locked.  Back door 1 Press the unlock button to unlock all the doors. The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked. 2 Press the lock button to lock all the doors. Check that the door is securely locked. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle. The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked. 116 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ◆ Wireless remote control  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Locks all the doors Check that the door is securely locked. 2 Unlocks the door Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors. Press and hold to open the windows and moon roof.* (→P. 174, 177) *: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.  Vehicles with a smart key system 1 Locks all the doors Check that the door is securely locked. 2 Unlocks the door Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors. Press and hold to open the windows and moon roof.* (→P. 174, 177) *: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 117 ◆ Key  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Locks all the doors Turn and hold to close the windows and moon roof.* (→P. 174, 177) 2 Unlocks the door Turning the key unlocks the driver's door. Turning the key again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors. Turn and hold to open the windows and moon roof.* (→P. 174, 177) *: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer. Vehicles with a smart key system The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key. (→P. 635) ■ Operation signals ● Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice) ● Windows and moon roof: A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows and moon roof are operating. ■ Security feature If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the doors are unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security feature automatically locks the doors again. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component  3 118 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ■ When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the upper part of the front door handle (vehicles with a smart key system) If the door will not lock even when the topside sensor area is touched, try touching both the topside and underside sensor areas at the same time. ■ Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart key system) If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the doors again. ■ Wireless reservation lock (vehicles without a smart key system) If a door is not fully closed and the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors, the doors other than the open door will be locked. The open door will be locked after it is fully closed. ■ Power back door reservation lock (vehicles with a power back door)  Vehicles without a smart key system If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors while the power back door is closing with all side doors fully closed, the side doors are locked. The back door will be locked when it is fully closed.  Vehicles with a smart key system If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors while the power back door is closing with all side doors fully closed, a buzzer will sound and the emergency flashers will flash to indicate that the reservation lock is activated. At this time the side doors are locked. The back door will be locked when it is fully closed. ■ Alarm (if equipped) Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (→P. 82) ■ If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate properly Vehicles with a smart key system: Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (→P. 635) Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (→P. 549) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 119 Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside ◆ Door lock switch 1 Locks all the doors 2 Unlocks all the doors ◆ Inside lock buttons 2 Unlocks the doors The front doors can be opened by pulling the inside handle even if the lock buttons are in the lock position. Locking the front doors from the outside without a key 1 Move the inside lock button to the lock position. 2 Close the door.  Vehicles without a smart key system The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.  Vehicles with a smart key system The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle. The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component 1 Locks the doors 3 120 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Rear door child-protector lock The door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is set. 1 Unlock 2 Lock These locks can be set to prevent children from opening the rear doors. Push down on each rear door switch to lock both rear doors. Automatic door locking and unlocking systems The following functions can be set or canceled: For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 685. Function Speed linked door locking function Operation All doors are automatically locked when vehicle speed is approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher. All doors are automatically locked Shift position linked door locking when shifting the shift lever to a function position other than P. Shift position linked door unlocking All doors are automatically unlocked function when shifting the shift lever to P. Driver's door linked door unlocking All doors are automatically unlocked function when the driver's door is opened. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 121 ■ Switching the door unlock function (vehicles with a smart key system) It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless remote control. 1 Turn the engine switch off. 2 When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold or , for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding . The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below. (When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least 5 seconds, and repeat step Multi-information display 2 .) Unlocking function Beep Exterior: Holding a door handle unlocks Beeps twice Interior: all the doors. Pings once For vehicles with an alarm: To prevent unintended triggering of the alarm, unlock the doors using the wireless remote control and open and close a door once after the settings have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 60 seconds after is pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be set.) In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (→P. 83) ■ Impact detection door lock release system In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, however, the system may not operate. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component Holding the driver’s door handle Exterior: unlocks only the driver's door. Beeps 3 times Holding a passenger’s door Interior: Pings once handle unlocks all the doors. 3 122 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ■ Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless remote control  Vehicles without a smart key system →P. 111  Vehicles with a smart key system →P. 144 ■ Customization Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) WARNING ■ To prevent an accident Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out of the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked. ● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving. Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position. ● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear seats. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 123 Back door The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened/closed by the following procedures. Locking and unlocking the back door ■ Door lock switch →P. 119 ■ Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system) →P. 115 ■ Wireless remote control ■ Key →P. 117 Opening/closing the back door from inside the vehicle (vehicles with a power back door) Press and hold the switch to open or close the back door, when the back door is unlocked. Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the operation. To operate the back door again, press and hold the switch. The back door will then move in the opposite direction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component →P. 116 3 124 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Opening the back door from outside the vehicle ◆ Back door opener  Vehicles without a power back door Raise the back door while pressing up the back door opener switch.  Vehicles with a power back door When the back door is unlocked: Press the back door opener switch. When the back door is locked (vehicles with a smart key system): While carrying the electronic key on your person, press and hold the back door opener switch. Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the operation. ◆ Wireless remote control (vehicles with a power back door)  Vehicles without a smart key system Opens and closes the power back door (press and hold) Pressing the button while the back door is opening/closing stops the operation. To operate the back door again, press and hold the button. The back door will then move in the opposite direction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors  125 Vehicles with a smart key system Opens and closes the power back door (press and hold) Pressing the button while the back door is opening/closing stops the operation. To operate the back door again, press and hold the button. The back door will then move in the opposite direction. Power back door switch (vehicles with a power back door) Quickly press and release the switch to close the back door. When closing the back door Lower the back door using the back door handle.  Vehicles without a power back door Make sure to push the back door down from the outside to close it.  Vehicles with a power back door The back door closing assist will activate and the back door will fully close automatically. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the operation. To operate the back door again, quickly press and release the switch. The back door will then move in the opposite direction. (If the back door is stopped at a position close to the fully closed position, the back door will only open when the switch is quickly pressed and released.) 3 126 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Canceling the power back door system (vehicles with a power back door) Turn the main switch in the glove box off to disable the power back door system. 1 On (enabled) 2 Off (disabled) Adjusting the open position of the back door (vehicles with a power back door) The open position of the power back door can be adjusted. 1 Open the back door and adjust it to the desired position. 2 Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door approximately 2 seconds until a buzzer sounds 4 times. ■ Luggage compartment light The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door or glass hatch is opened with the luggage compartment light switch on. 1 On 2 Off When the engine switch is turned off, the light will go off automatically after 20 minutes. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 127 ■ After the back door has been opened and then closed Lock the back door again as the back door will not lock automatically. ■ If the back door opener is inoperative The back door can be unlocked from the inside. 1 Remove the cover on the back door trim. Use a cloth to prevent scratches. 2 Move the lever for the back door motor.  Vehicles without a power back door HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component  Vehicles with a power back door 3 128 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ■ The power back door can be operated when (vehicles with a power back door) The power back door main switch is turned on and the glass hatch is closed. ■ The power back door can be opened when (vehicles with a power back door)  Vehicles without a smart key system ● The engine switch is in the “ON” position and the shift lever is in P. ● The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system ● The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the shift lever is in P. ● The engine switch is in ACCESSORY mode or off. ■ Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door) In the event that the back door is left slightly open, the back door closer will automatically close it to the fully closed position. ● The back door closer will operate regardless of the engine switch mode. ● The back door can be opened while the back door closer is operating by pressing the back door opener button. ■ Power back door operation (vehicles with a power back door) ● A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash twice to indicate that the back door is opening/closing. ● The back door can be opened and closed manually even when the power back door main switch is off. ■ Power back door operation using the entry function or wireless remote control (vehicles with a power back door) The back door can be opened even if it is locked. All the doors are unlocked when the power back door is operated. Make sure to lock all the doors again when you leave the vehicle. The doors will not lock automatically after the back door has been closed. ■ Back door closing assist (vehicles with a power back door) If the back door is lowered manually when the back door is stopped at an open position, the back door will fully close automatically. ■ Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door) ● If anything obstructs the power back door while it is closing, the back door will open slightly then stop. ● If anything obstructs the power back door while it is opening, the back door will immediately stop. ■ Fall-down protection function (vehicles with a power back door) While the power back door is opening automatically, applying excessive force to it will stop the opening operation to prevent the power back door from suddenly shutting. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 129 ■ Canceling the adjusted open position of the back door (vehicles with a power back door) Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door until a buzzer sounds 4 times, pauses momentarily, and then sounds 2 times. The open position is initialized to the fully opened position. ■ When reconnecting the battery or changing a fuse while the back door is open (vehicles with a power back door) To enable the power back door to operate properly, initialize the system by completely closing the back door manually. If the battery is reconnected or a fuse is changed while the back door is closed, initializing the system is not necessary. ■ Customization (vehicles with a power back door) Settings (e.g. power back door opening angle) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 686) 3 WARNING ■ Before driving ● Make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an accident. ● Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment. If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could have heat exhaustion or other injuries. ● Do not allow a child to open or close the back door. Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door. ■ Important points while driving Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. 130 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors WARNING ■ Operating the back door Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly shut again after it is opened. ● When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure the surrounding area is safe. ● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the back door is about to open or close. ● Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it may move abruptly in strong wind. ● Vehicles without a power back door: The back door may suddenly shut if it is not opened fully. It is more difficult to open or close the back door on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the back door unexpectedly opening or closing by itself. Make sure that the back door is fully open and secure before using the luggage compartment. ● When closing the back door, take extra care to prevent your fingers etc. from being caught. ● Vehicles without a power back door: When closing the back door, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface. If the back door handle is used to fully close the back door, it may result in hands or arms being caught. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 131 WARNING ● Do not pull on the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back door) to close the back door, and do not hang on the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back door). Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back door) to break, causing an accident. ● Vehicles without a power back door: If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, it may suddenly shut again after being opened, causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recommended. 3 ■ Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door) ● Use caution when using the back door closer as it still operates when the power back door system is canceled. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ● In the event that the back door is left slightly open, the back door closer will automatically close it to the fully closed position. It takes several seconds before the back door closer begins to operate. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else in the back door, as this may cause bone fractures or other serious injuries. 132 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors WARNING ■ Power back door (if equipped) Observe the following precautions when operating the power back door. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ● Check the safety of the surrounding area to make sure there are no obstacles or anything that could cause any of your belongings to get caught. ● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the back door is about to open or close. ● If the power back door system is turned off with the main switch while the back door is operating automatically, the automatic operation is stopped. The back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an incline, as the back door may open or close unexpectedly. ● If the operating conditions of the power back door are no longer met, a buzzer may sound and the back door may stop opening or closing. The back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an incline, as the back door may open or close abruptly. ● On an incline, the back door may suddenly shut after it opens. Make sure the back door is fully open and secure. ● In the following situations, the power back door may detect an abnormality and automatic operation may be stopped. In this case, the back door has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an incline, as the back door may open or close abruptly. • When the back door contacts an obstacle • When the battery voltage suddenly drops, such as when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) or the engine is started during automatic operation ● If a bicycle carrier or similar object is attached to the back door, the power back door may not operate, causing itself to malfunction, or the back door may move in the closing direction after being opened, causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, ask your Toyota dealer for details. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 133 WARNING ■ Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door) Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection function. ● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the back door fully closes. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else. ● The jam protection function may not work depending on the shape of the object that is caught. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else. 3 Operation of each component HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 134 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors NOTICE ■ Back door damper stays (vehicles without a power back door) The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in place. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting in malfunction. ● Do not attach any foreign objects, such as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives to the damper stay rod. ● Do not touch the damper stay rod with gloves or other fabric items. ● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back door. Damper stays ● Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it. ■ Back door spindles (vehicles with a power back door) The back door is equipped with spindles that hold the back door in place. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door spindle, resulting in malfunction. ● Do not attach any foreign objects, such as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives to the spindle rod. ● Do not touch the spindle rod with gloves or other fabric items. ● Do not attach any accessories to the back door. When attaching, ask your Toyota dealer for details. Spindles ● Do not place your hand on the spindle or apply lateral forces to it. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 135 NOTICE ■ To prevent back door closer malfunction (vehicles with a power back door) Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the back door closer is operating. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ To prevent damage to the power back door (if equipped) ● Make sure that there is no ice between the back door and frame that would prevent movement of the back door. Operating the power back door when excessive load is present on the back door may cause a malfunction. ● Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the power back door is operating. ● Take care not to damage the sensors (installed on the right and left edges of the power back door) with a knife or other sharp object. If the sensor is disconnected, the power back door will not close automatically. 136 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors Glass hatch∗ Opening the glass hatch The glass hatch can be opened using the glass hatch opener.  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Press the button to pop up the glass hatch. 2 Raise the glass hatch using the knob The glass hatch cannot be open when the back door is locked. Unlock the back door to open the glass hatch. (→P. 115)  Vehicles with a smart key system 1 When the back door is unlocked: Press the button to pop up the glass hatch. When the back door is locked: While carrying the electronic key on your person, press the button to pop up the glass hatch. 2 Raise the glass hatch using the knob ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 137 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ Luggage compartment light →P. 126 ■ The glass hatch can be opened when The back door is closed. ■ Opening and closing the glass hatch ● Open the glass hatch slowly and carefully. ● Make sure that the rear window wiper is switched off. ● Do not rotate the rear wiper arm when the glass hatch is open. (If the rear wiper arm is rotated, turn the wiper switch on after closing the glass hatch. The rear wiper arm will return to the correct position automatically after operating once.) ● Make sure that the back door is closed before closing the glass hatch. ■ After closing the glass hatch Check that the glass hatch is firmly closed. If it is not firmly closed, the rear window wiper and washer will not operate correctly. ■ Function to prevent the glass hatch being locked with the electronic key inside (vehicles with a smart key system) ● When all doors are locked, closing the glass hatch with the electronic key left inside the luggage compartment will sound an alarm. In this case, the glass hatch can be opened by pressing the glass hatch opener. ● If the spare electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the doors locked, the key confinement prevention function will activate and the glass hatch can be opened. In order to prevent theft, take all electronic keys with you when leaving the vehicle. ● If the electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the doors locked, the key may not be detected depending on the location of the key and the surrounding radio wave conditions. In this case, the key confinement prevention function cannot be activated, causing the doors to lock when the glass hatch is closed. Make sure to check where the key is before closing the glass hatch. 138 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ Before driving ● Make sure that the glass hatch is fully closed. If the glass hatch is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an accident. ● Do not allow a child to open or close the glass hatch. Doing so may cause the glass hatch to move unexpectedly, or cause the child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing glass hatch. ■ Operating the glass hatch Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the glass hatch before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the glass hatch to suddenly shut again after it is opened. ● When opening or closing the glass hatch, thoroughly check to make sure the surrounding area is safe. ● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the glass hatch is about to open or close. ● Use caution when opening or closing the glass hatch in windy weather as it may move abruptly in strong wind. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 139 WARNING ● The glass hatch may suddenly shut if it is not opened fully. It is more difficult to open or close the glass hatch on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the glass hatch unexpectedly open or close by itself. Make sure that the glass hatch is fully open and secure before using the luggage compartment. Also pay attention to your personal belongings such as bags and ties. ● Do not pull on the glass hatch damper stay to close the glass hatch, and do not hang on the glass hatch damper stay. Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the glass hatch damper stay to break, causing an accident. ● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the glass hatch. Such additional weight on the glass hatch may cause the glass hatch to suddenly shut again after it is opened, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Do not open the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. (If the rear wiper is switched on while the glass hatch is open, the wiper motor drive disc will be rotating on the door panel.) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ● When closing the glass hatch, take extra care to prevent your fingers etc. from being caught. Also pay attention to your personal belongings such as bags and ties. ● When closing the glass hatch, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface. 140 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors WARNING ● Do not insert any object in the wiper motor drive disc. ● Do not close the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. The rear wiper arm may be restarted suddenly after closing the glass hatch. NOTICE ■ Glass hatch damper stays The glass hatch is equipped with damper stays that hold the glass hatch in place. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the glass hatch damper stay, resulting in malfunction. ● Do not attach any foreign objects, such as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives to the damper stay rod. ● Do not touch the damper stay rod with gloves or other fabric items. ● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the glass hatch. Damper stays ● Do not place your hand or foot on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 141 Smart key system∗ The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket. The driver should always carry the electronic key. ● Locking and unlocking the doors (→P. 115) ● Opening the back door (→P. 124) ● Opening the glass hatch (→P. 136) ● Starting the engine (→P. 221) 3 ■ Antenna location 1 Antennas outside the cabin Operation of each component 2 Antennas inside the cabin 3 Antenna outside the luggage compart- ment ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 142 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected) When locking or unlocking the doors The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front door handle. (Only the doors detecting the key can be operated.) When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehicle. When opening the glass hatch and locking or unlocking the doors This system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of the back door opener switch. ■ Alarms and warning indicators An alarm sounds and warning messages are displayed on the multi-information display are used to protect against unexpected accidents or theft of the vehicle resulting from erroneous operation. When a warning message is displayed, take appropriate measures based on the displayed message. (→P. 591) When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as follows: Alarm Situation The glass hatch was closed while the electronic key was still inside the vehicle and Exterior alarm sounds all the doors were once for 5 seconds locked. Correction procedure Retrieve the electronic key from the vehicle and close the glass hatch. An attempt was made Close all of the doors to lock the vehicle while and lock the doors a door was open. again. The engine switch was turned to ACCESSORY mode while the driver’s Turn the engine switch Interior alarm sounds door was open (or the off and close the driver’s door was continuously driver’s door. opened while the engine switch was in ACCESSORY mode). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 143 ■ Battery-saving function The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is not in operation for a long time. ● In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to unlock the doors. • The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer. • The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer. ● If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key, to unlock the doors. ■ Electronic Key Battery-Saving Function When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping the electronic key from receiving radio waves. twice while pressing and holding . Confirm that the electronic key indicator flashes 4 times. While the battery-saving mode is set, the smart key system cannot be used. To cancel the function, press any of the electronic key buttons. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component Press 3 144 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ■ Conditions affecting operation The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected, preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobilizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: →P. 635) ● When the electronic key battery is depleted ● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise ● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device ● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following metallic objects • Cards to which aluminum foil is attached • Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside • Metallic wallets or bags • Coins • Hand warmers made of metal • Media such as CDs and DVDs ● When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby ● When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that emit radio waves • Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves • Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs) • Digital audio players • Portable game systems ● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the rear window ● When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic devices HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 145 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ Note for the entry function ● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases: • The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked. • The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to the rear bumper center when the back door is opened. • The electronic key is on the instrument panel or floor, or in the auxiliary box of the driver's side instrument panel, door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch modes are changed. ● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic key inside the vehicle. ● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the electronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle. ● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start the engine if the electronic key is near the window. ● The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.) ● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock the doors.) ● Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent lock or unlock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock or unlock sensor again. ● When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition signals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition signals will be given. ● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the following correction procedures to wash the vehicle: • Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.) • Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. (→P. 143) 146 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors ● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock all the doors. ● The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice, snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again, or use the lock sensor on the lower part of the door handle. ● A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the door handle again. ● Unlocking the vehicle may take more time if another electronic key is within the effective range. ■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods ● To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2 m) of the vehicle. ● The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (→P. 680) ■ To operate the system properly Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the outside of the vehicle. Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not operate.) ■ If the smart key system does not operate properly ● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 635) ● Starting the engine: →P. 636 ■ Customization Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) ■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting ● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (→P. 116, 635) ● Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: →P. 636 ● Stopping the engine: →P. 222 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 147 NOTE: Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ Certification for the smart key system  For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID: HYQ23AAB FCC ID: HYQ14FBA NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.  For vehicles sold in Canada NOTE: This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.  For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID: NI4TMLF12-1 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.  For vehicles sold in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. 148 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors WARNING ■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices ● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep away from the smart key system antennas. (→P. 141) The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function. ● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices. Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 149 Front seats Adjustment procedure  Manual seat 3 2 Seatback angle adjustment 3 Vertical height adjustment lever (driver’s side only) lever  Power seat 1 Seat position adjustment switch 2 Seatback angle adjustment switch 3 Seat cushion (front) angle adjustment switch (driver’s side only) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Vertical height adjustment switch (driver’s side only) 5 Seat cushion length adjust- ment switch (if equipped, for driver’s seat only) 6 Lumbar support adjustment switch (driver’s side only) Operation of each component 1 Seat position adjustment lever 150 3-3. Adjusting the seats WARNING ■ When adjusting the seat position ● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat. ● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid injury. Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism. ● Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck. ■ Seat adjustment ● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage. ● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not recline the seat more than necessary. If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. ● Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 151 Rear seats Adjustment procedure ■ Second seats  Without a side table  With a side table 3 2 Seatback angle adjustment lever Pull the lever until the lock is completely released. ■ Third seats Seatback strap angle HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) adjustment Operation of each component 1 Seat position adjustment lever 152 3-3. Adjusting the seats Moving a second seat for third seat access ■ Getting in the vehicle Pull the lever and tilt the seatback forward. Move the seat to the front-most position. ■ Getting out of the vehicle Pull the lever on the side of the seatback and tilt the seatback forward. Move the seat to the front-most position. ■ After passengers have entered/exited the vehicle Lift up the seatback and slide the seat backward until it locks. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 153 Folding down the second seats ■ Before folding down the second seats 1 Stow the armrest. (→P. 478) 2 With a side table: Stow the side table. (→P. 480) 3 Stow the second seat belt buckles.  Without a side table  With a side table 3 through the seat belt hangers and secure the seat belt plates. This prevents the shoulder belts from being damaged. Make sure that the seat belts are removed from the hangers before using them. 5 Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (→P. 162) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component 4 Pass the outer seat belts 154 3-3. Adjusting the seats ■ Folding down the second seats 1 Pull the lever and tilt the seatback forward. Each seatback may be folded separately.  From inside  From outside 2 Pull the lever to unlock the seatback. The seatback will be folded down. ■ After folding down the second seats Slide the folded second seats backward until they lock. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 155 ■ Returning the second seats Lift up the seatbacks until they lock. Folding down the third seats ■ Before folding down the third seats 3 1 Stow the third seat belt buck- 2 Pass the outer seat belts through the seat belt hangers and secure the seat belt plates. This prevents the shoulder belts from being damaged. Make sure that the seat belts are removed from the hangers before using them. 3 Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (→P. 162) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component les. 156 3-3. Adjusting the seats ■ Folding down the third seats While pulling the straps, fold down the seatbacks. ■ Returning the third seats  From inside Lift up the seatbacks until they lock.  From outside Pull the straps and raise the seatbacks until they lock. After using either strap, use the Velcro on the end of the strap to attach it to the seatback. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 157 WARNING ■ When folding the rear seatbacks down Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving. ● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P. ● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compartment while driving. ● Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment. ● Do not fold down a rear seatback when there are passengers sitting in the rear seats or when there is luggage placed on the rear seats. ● Be careful not to catch your hand when folding the rear seatbacks. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ Seat adjustment ● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not recline the seat more than necessary. If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. ● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage. ● Be careful not to get your hands or feet caught in the seat. ■ After adjusting or returning the seats Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ● Make sure that the seat and seatback are securely locked in position by lightly rocking them back and forth. ● Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback. 3 158 3-3. Adjusting the seats Driving position memory∗ This feature automatically adjusts the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors to make entering and exiting the vehicle easier or to suit your preferences. Driving position memory Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors) can be recorded and recalled by pressing a button. Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory. ■ Recording procedure 1 Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. 2 Adjust the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors to the desired positions. 3 While pressing the “SET” button, or within 3 seconds after the “SET” button is pressed, press button “1” or “2” until the buzzer sounds. If the selected button has already been preset, the previously recorded position will be overwritten. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 159 ■ Recall procedure 1 Check that the shift lever is in P. 2 Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. 3 Press one of the buttons for the driving position you want to recall until the buzzer sounds. 3 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ To stop the position recall operation part-way through Perform any of the following: ● Press the “SET” button. ● Press button “1” or “2”. ● Operate any of the seat adjustment switches (only cancels seat position recall). ■ Seat positions that can be memorized (→P. 149) The seat position, with the exception of the portions adjusted by the seat cushion length switch and lumbar support switch, can be recorded. ■ Operating the driving position memory after turning the engine switch off Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again. ■ In order to correctly use the driving position memory function If a seat position is already in the furthest possible position and the seat is operated in the same direction, the recorded position may be slightly different when it is recalled. 160 3-3. Adjusting the seats Memory recall function Each electronic key can be registered to recall your preferred driving position. ■ Registering procedure Record your driving position to button “1” or “2” before performing the following: Carry only the key you want to register, and then close the driver’s door. If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be recorded properly. 1 Check that the shift lever is in P. 2 Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. 3 Recall the driving position that you want to record. 4 While pressing the recalled button, press and hold the door lock switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds. If the button could not be registered, the buzzer sounds continuously for approximately 3 seconds. ■ Recall procedure Carry the electronic key that has been registered to the driving position, and then unlock and open the driver’s door using the smart key system or wireless remote control. The driving position will move to the recorded position. If the driving position is in a position that has already been recorded, the seat and outside rear view mirrors will not move. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 161 ■ Cancelation procedure Carry only the key you want to cancel and then close the driver’s door. If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be canceled properly. 1 Check that the shift lever is in P. 2 Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. 3 While pressing the “SET” button, press and hold the door lock switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds twice. If the button could not be canceled, the buzzer sounds continuously for approximately 3 seconds. WARNING ■ Seat adjustment caution Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ Recalling the driving position using the memory recall function ● Different driving positions can be registered for each electronic key. Therefore, the driving position that is recalled may be different depending on the key being carried. ● If a door other than the driver’s door is unlocked with the smart key system, the driving position cannot be recalled. In this case, press the driving position button which has been set. ■ Customization The unlock door settings of the memory recall function can be customized. (Customizable features: →P. 687) 162 3-3. Adjusting the seats Head restraints Head restraints are provided for all seats. Front seats and second seats (with a side table) 1 Up Pull the head restraints up. 2 Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button Second seats (without a side table) 1 Up Pull the head restraints up. 2 Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button Third seats 1 Up Pull the head restraints up. 2 Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 163 ■ Removing the head restraints  Front seats and second seats (with a side table) Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button  Second seats (without a side table) Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button. 3  Third seats Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component Lock release button 164 3-3. Adjusting the seats ■ Installing the head restraints  Front seats and second seats (with a side table) Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button  Second seats (without a side table) Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button  Third seats Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down while pressing the lock release button. Lock release button HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-3. Adjusting the seats 165 ■ Adjusting the height of the head restraints Make sure that the head restraints are adjusted so that the center of the head restraint is closest to the top of your ears. ■ Adjusting the third seat head restraints Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when using. WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ Head restraint precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat. ● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times. ● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure they are locked in position. ● Do not drive with the head restraints removed. 3 166 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors Steering wheel Adjustment procedure 1 Hold the steering wheel and push the lever down. 2 Adjust to the ideal position by moving the steering wheel horizontally and vertically. After adjustment, pull the lever up to secure the steering wheel. Horn To sound the horn, press on or close to the mark. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors 167 WARNING ■ Caution while driving Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ After adjusting the steering wheel Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked. 3 Operation of each component HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 168 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors Inside rear view mirror The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirmation of the rear view. Adjusting the height of rear view mirror The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving posture. Adjust the height of the rear view mirror by moving it up and down. Anti-glare function  Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by operating the lever. 1 Normal position 2 Anti-glare position HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors  169 Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced. Changing automatic anti-glare function mode ON/OFF When the automatic anti-glare function is in ON mode, the indicator illuminates. The function will set to ON mode each time the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator also turns off.) Indicator To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them. WARNING Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving. Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ To prevent sensor error (vehicles with an auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror) 3 170 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors Outside rear view mirrors Adjustment procedure 1 To select a mirror to adjust, turn the switch. 1 Left 2 Right 2 To adjust the mirror, move the switch. 1 Up 2 Right 3 Down 4 Left Folding the mirrors Push the mirror back in the direction of the vehicle’s rear. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors 171 ■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. ■ When the mirrors are fogged up The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defoggers. (→P. 438, 444) ■ Automatic adjustment of the mirror angle (if equipped) A desired mirror face angle can be entered to memory and recalled automatically by the driving position memory. (→P. 158) 3 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ Important points while driving Observe the following precautions while driving. Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. ● Do not drive with the mirrors folded. ● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly adjusted before driving. ■ When the mirror defoggers are operating Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and burn you. 172 3-5. Opening and closing the windows Power windows Opening and closing procedures The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches. Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:  Models available with one touch opening/closing on the front side windows 1 Closing 2 One-touch closing (front side windows only)* 3 Opening 4 One-touch opening (front side windows only)* *: To stop the window partway, operate the switch in the opposite direction.  Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side windows 1 Closing 2 One-touch closing* 3 Opening 4 One-touch opening* *: To stop the window partway, operate the switch in the opposite direction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 173 Window lock switch Press the switch to lock the passenger window switches. Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or closing a passenger window. Models available with one touch opening/closing on the front side windows: If the lock switch is on, the passenger window switches on the driver’s side are also locked. Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side windows: If the lock switch is on, the passenger windows can still be opened and closed using the power window switches on the driver’s side. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Operation of each component ■ The power windows can be operated when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Operating the power windows after turning the engine off  Vehicles without a smart key system The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.  Vehicles with a smart key system The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. ■ Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function only) If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly. 3 174 3-5. Opening and closing the windows ■ When the power window does not close normally (windows with onetouch closing function only) If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot be closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch on the relevant door. ● Vehicles without a smart key system: After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch closing position while the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch closing position while the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. ● If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation explained above, initialize the function by performing the following procedure. 1 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position. Continue holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the window has closed. 2 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has opened completely. 3 Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position once again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has closed. If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the beginning. If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ■ Door lock linked window operation (windows with one-touch closing function only) ● The power windows can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical key.* (→P. 117, 635) ● The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.* (→P. 116) *: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer. ■ Customization Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 175 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ Closing the windows ● The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use the window lock switch. (→P. 173) ● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated. ● When using the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key and operating the power windows, operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the window. Also do not let a child operate window by the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window. ● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident. ■ Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function only) ● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection function. ● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the window fully closes. 176 3-5. Opening and closing the windows Moon roof∗ Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and tilt it up and down. ■ Opening and closing 1 Opens the moon roof* The moon roof stops slightly before the fully open position to reduce wind noise. Press the switch again to fully open the moon roof. 2 Closes the moon roof* *: Lightly press either side of the moon roof switch to stop the moon roof partway. ■ Tilting up and down 1 Tilts the moon roof up* 2 Tilts the moon roof down* *: Lightly press either side of the moon roof switch to stop the moon roof partway. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 177 *: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component ■ The moon roof can be operated when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off  Vehicles without a smart key system The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. It cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.  Vehicles with a smart key system The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. ■ Jam protection function If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens slightly. ■ Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade will open automatically when the moon roof is opened. ■ Door lock linked moon roof operation ● The moon roof can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical key.* (→P. 117, 635) ● The moon roof can be opened using the wireless remote control.* (→P. 116) 178 3-5. Opening and closing the windows ■ When the moon roof does not close normally Perform the following procedure: ● If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly Stop the vehicle. 1 Press and hold the “CLOSE” switch.*1 The moon roof will close, reopen and pause for approximately 10 seconds.*2 Then it will close again, tilt up and pause for approximately 1 second. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close. 2 Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the switch. 3 ● If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up 1 Stop the vehicle. 2 Press and hold the “UP” switch*1 until the moon roof moves into the tilt up position and stops. Release the “UP” switch once and then press and hold the “UP” switch again.*1 3 The moon roof will pause for approximately 10 seconds in the tilt up position.*2 Then it will adjust slightly and pause for approximately 1 second. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the switch. 4 *1: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to be performed again from the beginning. * 2 : If the switch is released after the above mentioned 10 second pause, automatic operation will be disabled. In that case, press and hold the open/close switch in the close position or press and hold the “UP” switch. The moon roof will tilt up and pause for approximately 1 second. Then it will tilt down, open and close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the switch. If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 179 ■ Moon roof open warning buzzer The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s door is opened with the moon roof open. ■ Customization Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. ■ Opening the moon roof ● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving. ● Do not sit on top of the moon roof. ■ Closing the moon roof ● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the moon roof. ● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their bodies in a position where they could be caught when the moon roof is being operated. ● When using the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key and operating the moon roof, operate the moon roof after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the moon roof. Also, do not let a child operate moon roof by the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the moon roof. ● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident. ■ Jam protection function ● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection function. ● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the moon roof fully closes. 180 3-5. Opening and closing the windows Panoramic moon roof∗ Use the overhead switches to operate the panoramic moon roof. ■ Opening and closing the shade 1 Open* 2 Close* *: To stop operation partway, quickly slide and release the switch again. ■ Tilting up and down the moon roof Tilt up (press)* If the moon roof is open, pressing the switch closes it up to the tilt-up position. If the shade is closed past the half-open position when the switch is pressed, it will open up to the half-open position. Tilt down (press and hold) The moon roof can be tilted down only when it is in the tilt-up position. *: To stop operation partway, lightly press the switch again. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 181 ■ Opening and closing the moon roof Open (slide backward)* The moon roof stops slightly before the fully open position to reduce wind noise and the shade opens fully. Slide the switch again to fully open the moon roof. The moon roof can also be opened from the tilt-up position. Close (slide forward)* *: To stop operation partway, quickly slide and release the switch again. ■ The shade and moon roof can be operated when The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Operating the shade and moon roof after turning the engine off The shade and moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened. ■ Closing the shade when the moon roof is open 1 Slide the shade switch forward. The shade closes up to its half-closed position and then the moon roof closes up to the tilt-up position. 2 Slide and hold the shade switch again. The moon roof closes as long as the switch is being held. After the moon roof is fully closed, the shade will fully close automatically. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component The moon roof stops at the tiltup position. Slide and hold the switch again to fully close the moon roof. 182 3-5. Opening and closing the windows ■ Jam protection function  Shade If an object is detected between the shade and the roof frame while the shade is closing, the shade stops and then opens slightly.  Moon roof If an object is detected between the moon roof and the roof frame while the moon roof is closing or tilting down, the moon roof stops and then opens slightly. At this time, if the shade is closed past the half-open position, it may also open slightly. ■ When the moon roof does not close normally Perform the following procedure: ● If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly 1 2 Stop the vehicle. Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.* The moon roof will close then reopen and pause for approximately 10 seconds. Then it will close up to the tilt-up position. 3 Release the switch and then slide it forward and hold it again. The moon roof will close as long as the switch is being held. 4 Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the switch. ● If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up 1 2 3 Stop the vehicle. Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.* The moon roof will tilt down then tilt up and pause for approximately 10 seconds. Then it will close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then release the switch. *: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to be performed again from the beginning. If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3-5. Opening and closing the windows 183 ■ When the shade does not close normally Perform the following procedure: 1 Stop the vehicle. 2 Close the moon roof. 3 4 Slide the shade switch forward and hold it.* The shade will close then reopen and pause for approximately10 seconds. Then it will close. Check to make sure that the shade is completely closed and then release the switch. *: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to be performed again from the beginning. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 Operation of each component If the shade continues to close but then reopens slightly even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ■ Moon roof open warning buzzer The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s door is opened with the moon roof open. 184 3-5. Opening and closing the windows WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ Closing the shade ● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when the shade is being operated. ● Do not allow children to operate the shade. Closing a shade on someone can cause death or serious injury. The driver is responsible for instructing children not to operate the shade. ■ Opening the moon roof ● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving. ● Do not sit on top of the moon roof. ■ Closing the moon roof ● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the moon roof. ● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being operated. ● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident. ■ Jam protection function ● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection function. ● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just before the shade or moon roof is fully closed. NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the moon roof ● Before opening, make sure that there are no foreign objects such as stones or ice around the opening. ● Do not hit the face or edge of the moon roof with hard objects. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 185 Driving 4-1. Before driving Driving the vehicle............. 186 Cargo and luggage ........... 195 Vehicle load limits ............. 200 Trailer towing..................... 201 Dinghy towing ................... 217 4-2. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a smart key system)........... 218 Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system)..................... 221 Automatic transmission ..... 227 Turn signal lever................ 233 Parking brake .................... 234 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Headlight switch ................ 235 Automatic High Beam............................... 239 Fog light switch ................. 243 Windshield wipers and washer ..................... 244 Rear window wiper and washer ..................... 248 4 4-4. Refueling Opening the fuel tank cap .......................... 250 4-5. Using the driving support systems Toyota Safety Sense P .......................... 254 PCS (Pre-Collision System)........................... 261 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) ............................ 275 Dynamic radar cruise control ............................. 285 Stop & Start system .......... 297 Rear view monitor system ............................ 307 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 316 • BSM function ................ 321 • RCTA function .............. 324 All-wheel drive lock switch .............................. 330 Driving assist systems........................... 331 Downhill assist control system ............................ 337 4-6. Driving tips Winter driving tips ............. 339 Utility vehicle precautions ..................... 343 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 186 4-1. Before driving Driving the vehicle The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving: Starting the engine →P. 218, 221 Driving 1 With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (→P. 227) 2 Release the parking brake. (→P. 234) 3 Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera- tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle. Stopping 1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. Vehicles with the Stop & Start system: If the Stop & Start system is enabled, depressing the brake pedal will stop the engine. 2 If necessary, set the parking brake. If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift lever to P or N. (→P. 227) Parking the vehicle 1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. 2 Set the parking brake (→P. 234), and shift the shift lever to P. (→P. 227) 3 Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine. Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop the engine. 4 Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person. If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 187 Starting off on a steep uphill 1 Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D. 2 Gently depress the accelerator pedal. 3 Release the parking brake. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ When starting off on an uphill The hill-start assist control will activate. (→P. 331) ■ Driving in the rain ● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery. ● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be especially slippery. ● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain, because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly. ■ Engine speed while driving In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving. This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration. ● The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill ● When the accelerator pedal is released ■ Breaking in your new Toyota To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recommended: ● For the first 186 miles (300 km): Avoid sudden stops. ● For the first 500 miles (800 km): Do not tow a trailer. ● For the first 621 miles (1000 km): • Do not drive at extremely high speeds. • Avoid sudden acceleration. • Do not drive continuously in low gears. • Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods. 188 4-1. Before driving ■ Drum-in-disc type parking brake system Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced. Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding down operation. ■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability of the correct fuel. (→P. 653) WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When starting the vehicle Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping. ■ When driving the vehicle ● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal. • Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident. • When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly. • Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelerator pedals properly. • Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident. ● Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials. The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby. ● During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way: →P. 573 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 189 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When driving the vehicle ● Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill. Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose effectiveness. (→P. 227) ● Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control. ● Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body are not outside the vehicle. ● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds. ■ When driving on slippery road surfaces ● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and reduce your ability to control the vehicle. ● Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine speed could cause the vehicle to skid. ● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected. 190 4-1. Before driving WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When shifting the shift lever ● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R. Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle. ● Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control. ● Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control. ● Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving backward. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control. ● Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is selected. ● Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 191 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indicators) Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed. It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded. ■ When the vehicle is stopped ● Do not race the engine. If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident. ● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the parking brake as necessary. ● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal and securely apply the parking brake as needed. ● Avoid revving or racing the engine. Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible material is nearby. 192 4-1. Before driving WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When the vehicle is parked ● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in the vehicle when it is in the sun. Doing so may result in the following: • Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a fire. • The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and plastic material of glasses to deform or crack. • Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s electrical components. ● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire. ● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard. Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehicle. ● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire. ● Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle. Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running. If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident. ● Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately after turning the engine off. Doing so may cause burns. ■ When taking a nap in the vehicle Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to death or a serious health hazard. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 193 WARNING NOTICE ■ When driving the vehicle ● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during driving, as this may restrain driving torque. ● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When braking ● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously. Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle. ● If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking. In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately. ● Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted brakes. ● The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately. ■ If the vehicle becomes stuck (AWD models) Do not spin the wheels excessively when any of the tires is up in the air, or the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline components or propel the vehicle forward or backward, causing an accident. 194 4-1. Before driving NOTICE ■ When parking the vehicle Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed. ■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts ● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for an extended period of time. Doing so may damage the power steering motor. ● When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc. ■ If you get a flat tire while driving A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle. ● It may be difficult to control your vehicle. ● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations. ● The vehicle will lean abnormally. Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (→P. 608) ■ When encountering flooded roads Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may cause the following serious damage to the vehicle: ● Engine stalling ● Short in electrical components ● Engine damage caused by water immersion In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following: ● Brake function ● Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, transaxle, transfer (AWD models), differential (AWD models), etc. ● Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft (AWD models), bearings and suspension joints (where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 195 Cargo and luggage Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load: Capacity and distribution Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants. (Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants) Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit — (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.) (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. (→P. 200) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4 196 4-1. Before driving Calculation formula for your vehicle 1 Cargo capacity 2 Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) (→P. 650) When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C lb. (kg) as follows: B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg) *1: A =Weight of people *2: B =Total load capacity *3: C =Available cargo and luggage load In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg) as follows: C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg) *4: D =Additional weight of people *5: E =Available cargo and luggage load As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 197 WARNING ■ Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment: ● Receptacles containing gasoline ● Aerosol cans ■ Storage precautions Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly, may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or passengers, possibly causing an accident. ● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi- ble. ● Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher than the seatbacks. 4 ● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations. ● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed directly behind the front seats. ● Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fastened. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving • At the feet of the driver • On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items) • On the instrument panel • On the dashboard ● Secure all items in the occupant compartment. 198 4-1. Before driving WARNING ■ Capacity and distribution ● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight rating. ● Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause death or serious injury. ■ Roof luggage carrier precautions (vehicles with roof rails) To use the roof rails as a roof luggage carrier, you must fit the roof rails with two or more genuine Toyota cross rails or their equivalent. When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following: ● Place the cargo so that its weight is Cross rails distributed evenly between the front and rear axles. ● If loading long or wide cargo, never exceed the vehicle overall length or width. (→P. 650) ● Before driving, make sure the cargo is Roof rails securely fastened on the roof luggage carrier. ● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly and result in death or serious injury. ● If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo remains in its place. ● Do not exceed 165 lb. (75 kg) cargo weight on the roof luggage carrier. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 199 WARNING ■ When installing cross rails (vehicles with roof rails) Make sure the cross bars are installed securely by pushing them forward and rearward. Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident. NOTICE ■ When loading cargo Be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof or panoramic moon roof. 4 Driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 200 4-1. Before driving Vehicle load limits Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity, TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) and cargo capacity. ◆ Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): →P. 650 Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo and luggage. ◆ Seating capacity: 7 or 8 occupants (Front 2, Rear 5 or 6) Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person. ◆ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating): →P. 206, 650 TWR means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow. ◆ Cargo capacity Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants. ■ Total load capacity and seating capacity These details are also described on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 542) WARNING ■ Overloading the vehicle Do not overload the vehicle. It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and braking ability, resulting in an accident. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 201 Trailer towing Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load-carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer can have an adverse impact on handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not overload your vehicle or trailer. You must also ensure that you are using appropriate towing equipment, that the towing equipment has been installed correctly and used properly, and that you employ the requisite driving habits. Vehicle-trailer stability and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake performance and setting, trailer brakes, the hitch and hitch systems (if equipped). Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes. Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance with your trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. 202 4-1. Before driving Towing related terms ■ GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) The maximum allowable gross combination weight. The gross combination weight is the sum of the total vehicle weight (including the occupants, cargo and any optional equipment installed on the vehicle) and the weight of the trailer being towed (including the cargo in the trailer). ■ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) The maximum allowable gross vehicle weight. The gross vehicle weight is the total weight of the vehicle. When towing a trailer, it is the sum of the vehicle weight (including the occupants, cargo and any optional equipment installed on the vehicle) and the tongue weight. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 203 ■ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) The maximum allowable gross axle weight. The gross axle weight is the load placed on each axle (front and rear). Front GAWR Rear GAWR ■ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) (With brakes) TWR is calculated assuming base vehicle with one driver, one front passenger, towing package (if available), hitch and hitch systems (if required). Additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the vehicle will reduce the trailer weight rating so as not to exceed GCWR, GVWR and GAWR. If the gross trailer weight exceeds 3000 lb. (1360 kg), it is recommended to use a trailer with 2 or more axles. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving The maximum allowable gross trailer weight. The gross trailer weight is the sum of the trailer weight and the weight of the cargo in the trailer. 204 4-1. Before driving ■ Unbraked TWR (Unbraked Trailer Weight Rating) The trailer weight rating for towing a trailer without a trailer service brake system. ■ Tongue Weight The load placed on the trailer hitch ball. (→P. 207) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) (Without brakes) 4-1. Before driving 205 Weight limits ● The gross trailer weight must never exceed the TWR described in the table. (→P. 206) ● The gross combination weight must never exceed the GCWR described in the table. (→P. 206) ● The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the Certification Label. ● The gross axle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR indicated on the Certification Label. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ● If the gross trailer weight is over the unbraked TWR, trailer service brakes are required. ● If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (900 kg), a sway control device with sufficient capacity is required. ● If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2200 kg), a weight distributing hitch with sufficient capacity is required. 206 4-1. Before driving GCWR, TWR and Unbraked TWR Confirm that the gross trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight are all within the limits. ■ GCWR*1 and TWR*1 Model code*2 Engine ASU50L-ARTNKA 2.7L L4 (1AR-FE) engine GSU50L-ARZNHA GSU50L-ARZMHA GSU50L-ARZGHA GSU55L-ARZNHA GSU55L-ARZMHA GSU55L-ARZGHA 3.5L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 3.5L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine Driving system FF AWD GCWR TWR 6010 lb. (2725 kg) 1500 lb. (680 kg) 10840 lb. (4850 kg) 5000 lb. (2200 kg) 10950 lb. (4900 kg) 5000 lb. (2200 kg) 11000 lb. (4920 kg) 5000 lb. (2200 kg) ■ Unbraked TWR*1 1000 lb. (450 kg) *1: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE International per SAE J2807. * 2: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 651) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 207 Trailer Tongue Weight ● A recommended tongue weight varies in accordance with the types of trailers or towing as described below. ● To ensure the recommended values shown below, the trailer must be loaded by referring to the following instructions. • Tongue Weight The gross trailer weight should be distributed so that the tongue weight is 9% to 11%. (Tongue weight /Gross trailer weight x 100 = 9% to 11%) 1 Gross trailer weight 2 Tongue weight 4 If front axle weight cannot be measured directly, measure the front fender height above the front axle before connection. Adjust weight distributing hitch torque until front fender is returned to the same height as before connection. The gross trailer weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk yard, etc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving If using a weight distributing hitch when towing, return the front axle to the same weight as before the trailer connection. 208 4-1. Before driving Hitch Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities. Toyota recommends the use of Toyota hitch/bracket for your vehicle. For details, contact your Toyota dealer. ● If you wish to install a trailer hitch, contact your Toyota dealer. ● Use only a hitch that conforms to the gross trailer weight requirement of your vehicle. ● Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer. ● Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coating of grease. ● Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer. After removing the hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to prevent entry of any substances into the vehicle. Hitch cover When removing the hitch cover, contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 209 Selecting trailer ball Use the correct trailer ball for your application. 1 Trailer ball load rating Matches or exceeds the gross trailer weight rating of the trailer. 2 Ball diameter Matches the size of the trailer coupler. Most couplers are stamped with the required trailer ball size. Trailer class Typical trailer ball size IV 2 5/16 in. II and III 2 in. I 1 7/8 in. Protrudes beyond the bottom of the lock washer and nut by at least 2 threads. 4 Shank diameter Matches the ball mount hole diameter size. Position for towing hitch ball 1 Weight carrying ball position: 49.73 in. (1263.1 mm) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving 3 Shank length 4 210 4-1. Before driving Connecting trailer lights Use the wire harness stored in the rear end under body. Trailer towing tips Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. Help to avoid an accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind when towing: ● Speed limits for towing a trailer vary by state or province. Do not exceed the posted towing speed limit. ● Toyota recommends that the vehicle-trailer speed limit is 65 mph (104 km/h) on a flat, straight, dry road. Do not exceed this limit, the posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual, whichever is lowest. Instability of the towing vehicle-trailer combination (trailer sway) increases as speed increases. Exceeding speed limits may cause loss of control. ● Before starting out, check the trailer lights, tires and the vehicletrailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance. ● Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel of the vehicle-trailer combination. ● Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice. Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to move the trailer to right. (This is generally opposite to reversing without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an accident. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 211 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ● As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-to vehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h) of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length. ● Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in the trailer jackknifing and a loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces. ● Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration. ● Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making turn. ● Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making a wider than normal turning radius. ● Slow down before making a turn, in cross winds, on wet or slippery surfaces, etc. Increasing vehicle speed can destabilize the trailer. ● Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes. ● To maintain engine braking efficiency and charging system performance when using engine braking, do not put the transmission in D. If in the S mode, the transmission shift range position must be in 6 (8-speed models) or 4 (6-speed models) or lower. ● Instability happens more frequently when descending steep or long downhill grades. Before descending, slow down and downshift. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long downhill grades. ● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency. 212 4-1. Before driving ● Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may overheat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when driving up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot. (→P. 644) ● Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and the trailer’s wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the transmission in P. Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do so only after performing the following: 1 Apply the brakes and keep them applied. 2 Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and trailer’s wheels. 3 When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly until the blocks absorb the load. 4 Apply the parking brake firmly. 5 Shift into P and turn off the engine. ● When restarting after parking on a slope: 1 With the transmission in P, start the engine. Be sure to keep the brake pedal depressed. 2 Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R. 3 Release the parking brake and brake pedal, and slowly pull or back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes. 4 Have someone retrieve the blocks. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 213 ■ Matching trailer ball height to trailer coupler height No matter which class of tow hitch applies, for a more safe trailer hookup, the trailer ball setup must be the proper height for the coupler on the trailer. 1 Coupler 2 Trailer ball 4 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving ■ Before towing Check that the following conditions are met: ● Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 660) ● Trailer tires are inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendation. ● All trailer lights work as required by law. ● All lights work each time you connect them. ● The trailer ball is set at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer. ● The trailer is level when it is hitched. Do not drive if the trailer is not level, and check for improper tongue weight, overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes. ● The trailer cargo is securely loaded. ● The rear view mirrors conform to all applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes. 214 4-1. Before driving ■ Break-in schedule If your vehicle is new or equipped with any new power train components (such as an engine, transmission, differential or wheel bearing), Toyota recommends that you do not tow a trailer until the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km). After the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km), you can start towing. However, for the next 500 miles (800 km), drive the vehicle at a speed of less than 50 mph (80 km/h) when towing a trailer, and avoid full throttle acceleration. ■ Maintenance ● If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) ● Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately 600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing. ■ If trailer sway occurs One or more factors (crosswinds, passing vehicles, rough roads, etc.) can adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing instability. ● If trailer swaying occurs: • Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead. Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel. • Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to reduce speed. Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes. If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle and trailer should stabilize. (if enabled, Trailer Sway Control can also help to stabilize the vehicle and trailer.) ● After the trailer swaying has stopped: • Stop in a safe place. Get all occupants out of the vehicle. • Check the tires of the vehicle and the trailer. • Check the load in the trailer. Make sure the load has not shifted. Make sure the tongue weight is appropriate, if possible. • Check the load in the vehicle. Make sure the vehicle is not overloaded after occupants get in. If you cannot find any problems, the speed at which trailer swaying occurred is beyond the limit of your particular vehicle-trailer combination. Drive at a lower speed to prevent instability. Remember that swaying of the towing vehicle-trailer increases as speed increases. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 215 WARNING ■ Trailer towing precautions To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance with the trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. Failure to do so could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle stability and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake setting and performance, and the hitch. Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ To avoid accident or injury ● Do not exceed the TWR, unbraked TWR, GCWR, GVWR or GAWR. ● If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (900 kg), a sway control device with sufficient capacity is required. ● If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2200 kg), a weight distributing hitch with sufficient capacity is required. ● Adjust the tongue weight within the appropriate range. Place heavier loads as close to the trailer axle as possible. ● Do not exceed 65 mph (104 km/h), the posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual, whichever is lowest. Slow down sufficiently before making a turn, in cross winds, on wet or slippery surface, etc. to help avoid an accident. If you experience a vehicle-trailer instability from reducing a certain speed, slow down and make sure you keep your vehicle speed under the speed of which you experience the instability. ● Do not make jerky, abrupt or sharp turns. ● Do not apply the brakes suddenly as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing and loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces. ● Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue weight capacities. ● Do not use dynamic radar cruise control when towing. ● Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill grades. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long downhill grades. 216 4-1. Before driving WARNING ● Vehicle-trailer instability is more likely on steep long downhills. Before descending steep or long downhill grades, slow down and downshift. Do not make sudden downshifts when descending steep or long downhill grades. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency. ● Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow a trailer when the compact spare tire is installed on your vehicle. ■ Hitch Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer-hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight rating set by the trailer-hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting in death or serious personal injuries. ■ When towing a trailer Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations. ● If the gross trailer weight exceeds unbraked TWR, trailer brakes are required. Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all applicable federal and state/provincial regulations. ● Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehicle’s braking effectiveness. ● Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane. NOTICE ■ When installing a trailer hitch Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage. ■ Do not directly splice trailer lights Do not directly splice trailer lights. Directly splicing trailer lights may damage your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-1. Before driving 217 Dinghy towing Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home. NOTICE ■ To avoid serious damage to your vehicle Do not tow your vehicle with 4 wheels on the ground. 4 AWD models: Never tow this vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground. This may cause serious damage to the Dynamic Torque Control AWD system and transmission. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving ■ To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission and the Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models) 2WD models: Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground. This may cause serious damage to the transmission. 218 4-2. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a smart key system) Starting the engine 1 Check that the parking brake is set. 2 Check that the shift lever is set in P. 3 Firmly depress the brake pedal. 4 Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start the engine. Changing the engine switch positions 1 “LOCK” The steering wheel is locked and the key can be removed. (The key can be removed only when the shift lever is in P.) 2 “ACC” Some electrical components such as the power outlet can be used. 3 “ON” All electrical components can be used. 4 “START” For starting the engine. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 219 ■ Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK” 1 Shift the shift lever to P. (→P. 227) 2 Push in the key and turn it to the “LOCK” position. ■ If the engine does not start The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 80) Contact your Toyota dealer. ■ When the steering lock cannot be released ■ Key reminder function A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in the “LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key. WARNING ■ When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ■ Caution when driving Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (→P. 573) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving When starting the engine, the engine switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK” position. To free it, turn the key while turning the steering wheel slightly left and right. 220 4-2. Driving procedures NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long periods of time without the engine running. ■ When starting the engine ● Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring system. ● Do not race a cold engine. ● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 221 Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system) Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine switch modes. Starting the engine 1 Check that the parking brake is set. 2 Check that the shift lever is set in P. 3 Firmly depress the brake pedal. and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started. 4 4 Press the engine switch shortly When operating the engine switch, one short, firm press is enough. It is not necessary to press and hold the switch. The engine will crank until it starts or for up to 30 seconds, whichever is less. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the engine is completely started. The engine can be started from any engine switch mode. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving and firmly. 222 4-2. Driving procedures Stopping the engine 1 Stop the vehicle. 2 Set the parking brake (→P. 234), and shift the shift lever to P. 3 Press the engine switch. 4 Release the brake pedal and check that “ACCESSORY” or “IGNI- TION ON” on the multi-information display is off. Changing engine switch modes Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.) 1 Off* The emergency flashers can be used. The multi-information display will not be displayed. 2 ACCESSORY mode Some electrical components such as the power outlet can be used. “ACCESSORY” will be displayed on the multi-information display. 3 IGNITION ON mode All electrical components can be used. “IGNITION ON” will be displayed on the multi-information display. *: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine, the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 223 When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other than P If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the switch off: 1 Check that the parking brake is set. 2 Shift the shift lever to P. 3 Check that “Turn Power OFF” is displayed on the multi-information display and then press the engine switch once. 4 Check that “Turn Power OFF” on the multi-information display is off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Message displays Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display. ■ Auto power off function If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long periods of time when the engine is not running. ■ Electronic key battery depletion →P. 112 ■ Conditions affecting operation →P. 144 ■ Note for the entry function →P. 145 ■ If the engine does not start ● The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 80) Contact your Toyota dealer. ● Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the shift lever is displaced out of P. 224 4-2. Driving procedures ■ Steering lock After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock. ■ When the steering lock cannot be released “Steering Lock active” will be displayed on the multi-information display. Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press the engine switch while turning the steering wheel left and right. ■ Steering lock motor overheating prevention To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, operation of the motor may be suspended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time. In this case, refrain from operating the engine switch. After about 10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning. ■ When “Check SMART Key System” is displayed on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. ■ If the electronic key battery is depleted →P. 549 ■ Operation of the engine switch ● If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may not change or the engine may not start. ● If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine. ■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting →P. 635 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 225 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ■ Caution while driving If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ Stopping the engine in an emergency If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle, press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession. (→P. 573) However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emergency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 226 4-2. Driving procedures NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge ● Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long periods of time without the engine running. ● If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information display while the engine is not running, the engine switch is not off. Exit the vehicle after turning the engine switch off. ● Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur. ■ When starting the engine ● Do not race a cold engine. ● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately. ■ Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual, such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 227 Automatic transmission Shifting the shift lever 4 While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever. When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped. Vehicles with a smart key system: While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever. When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Vehicles without a smart key system: 228 4-2. Driving procedures Shift position purpose Shift position Objective or function P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine R Reversing N Neutral D Normal driving*1 S S mode driving*2 (→P. 229) *1: Shifting the shift lever to D allows the system to select a gear suitable for the driving conditions. Setting the shift lever to D is recommended for normal driving. *2: Selecting shift ranges using S mode restricts the upper limit of the possible gear ranges, controls engine braking force, and prevents unnecessary upshifting. Selecting the driving mode ■ Snow mode Use snow mode for accelerating and driving on slippery road surfaces, such as on snow. Press the “SNOW” button to select snow mode. The “SNOW” indicator will be displayed on the multi-information display. Press the button again to cancel snow mode. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 229 ■ Power mode (if equipped) Use power mode for powerful acceleration or driving in mountainous regions. 1 Press “<” or “>” of the meter control switches, select . 2 Press “∧” or “∨” of the meter control switches, “PWR MODE”. select The “PWR MODE” indicator will be displayed on the multi-information display. Select “PWR MODE” again to cancel power mode. Selecting shift ranges in the S position 1 Upshifting 2 Downshifting 8-speed models: The selected shift range, from 1 to 8, will be displayed on the multi-information display. The initial shift range in S mode is set automatically to 6, 5 or 4 according to vehicle speed. However, the initial shift range may be set to 3 if AI-SHIFT has operated while the shift lever was in D. (→P. 234) 6-speed models: The selected shift range, from 1 to 6, will be displayed on the multi-information display. The initial shift range in S mode is set automatically to 5 or 4 according to vehicle speed. However, the initial shift range may be set to 3 if AI-SHIFT has operated while the shift lever was in D. (→P. 232) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving To enter S mode, shift the shift lever to S. Shift ranges can be selected by operating the shift lever, allowing you to drive in the shift range of your choosing. The shift range can be selected by the shift lever. 230 4-2. Driving procedures ■ Shift ranges and their functions Meter display S2 - S8 (8-speed models) S2 - S6 (6-speed models) S1 Function A gear in the range between 1 and the selected gear is automatically chosen depending on vehicle speed and driving conditions Setting the gear at 1 A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking forces than a higher shift range. ■ Message displays Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display. ■ S mode ● 8-speed models: When the shift range is 7 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the shift range to 8. 6-speed models: When the shift range is 5 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the shift range to 6. ● To prevent excessive engine speed, a function was adopted that automatically selects a higher shift range before engine speed becomes too high. ● To protect the automatic transmission, a function is adopted that automatically selects a higher shift range when the fluid temperature is high. ■ Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be possible even when the shift lever is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.) ■ Deactivation of snow mode Snow mode will be canceled if the engine is turned off after driving in snow mode. ■ Deactivation of power mode (if equipped) Power mode will be canceled if the engine is turned off after driving in power mode. ■ If both snow mode and power mode (if equipped) are selected Snow mode will be selected and power mode will be suspended until snow mode is canceled. ■ When driving with dynamic radar cruise control activated Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine braking, engine braking will not activate while driving in S mode and downshifting to 5 or 4 because cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control will not be canceled. (→P. 285) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 231 ■ Shift lock system The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift lever in starting. The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) and the brake pedal is being depressed. ■ If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed. If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lever can be shifted. Releasing the shift lock: 1 Set the parking brake. 2 Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position. 4 Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off. Depress the brake pedal. 4 Pry the cover up with a flathead screwdriver or equivalent tool. To prevent damage to the cover, cover the tip of the screwdriver with a rag. 5 Press the shift lock override button. The shift lever can be shifted while the button is pressed. ■ If the S indicator does not come on or the D indicator is displayed even after shifting the shift lever to S This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. (In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when the shift lever is in D.) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving 3 232 4-2. Driving procedures ■ If the automatic transmission fluid temperature warning message is displayed If the automatic transmission fluid temperature warning message is displayed while driving, make sure to return to D position driving and reduce speed by easing off the accelerator pedal. Stop the vehicle in a safe place, shift the shift lever to P and let the engine idle until the warning message goes out. When the warning message goes out, the vehicle can be driven again. If the warning message does not go out after waiting a while, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ■ AI-SHIFT The AI-SHIFT automatically selects the suitable gear according to driver performance and driving conditions. The AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in D. (Shifting the shift lever to S cancels the function.) WARNING ■ When driving on slippery road surfaces Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly. Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid, resulting in an accident. ■ To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking brake and depress the brake pedal. If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-2. Driving procedures 233 Turn signal lever Operating instructions 1 Right turn 2 Lane change to the right (move the lever partway and release it) The right hand signals will flash 3 times. 3 Lane change to the left (move the lever partway and release it) The left hand signals will flash 3 times. 4 Left turn HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving ■ Turn signals can be operated when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ If the indicator flashes faster than usual Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned out. ■ Customization The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be changed. (Customizable feature →P. 688) 4 234 4-2. Driving procedures Parking brake Operating instructions To set the parking brake, fully depress the parking brake pedal with your left foot while depressing the brake pedal with your right foot. (Depressing the pedal again releases the parking brake.) *1 *2 *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada ■ Parking the vehicle →P. 186 ■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer →P. 594 ■ Usage in winter time →P. 339 NOTICE ■ Before driving Fully release the parking brake. Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake wear. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 235 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Headlight switch The headlights can be operated manually or automatically. Operating instructions Turning the end of the lever turns on the lights as follows: 1 *1 *2 2 The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, daytime running lights (→P. 236) and instrument panel lights turn on. 3 The headlights and all the lights listed above (except daytime running lights) turn on. 4 *1 The daytime running lights turn off. *2 The daytime running lights turn on. (→P. 236) *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving The headlights, daytime running lights (→P. 236) and all the lights listed below turn on and off automatically. (Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is in the “ON” position) (Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode) 236 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Turning on the high beam headlights 1 With the headlights on, push the lever away from you to turn on the high beams. Pull the lever toward you to the center position to turn the high beams off. 2 Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beams once. You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off. ■ Daytime running light system ● Type A: To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is started and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch off or in the “AUTO” position. (Illuminate dimmer than the headlight.) Daytime running lights are not designed for use at night. For U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the switch. ● Type B: To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is started and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch off or in the “AUTO” position. Daytime running lights are not designed for use at night. For U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the switch. ● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve fuel economy. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 237 ■ Headlight control sensor The sensor may not function properly if an object is placed on the sensor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to the windshield. Doing so interferes with the sensor detecting the level of ambient light and may cause the automatic headlight system to malfunction. ■ Automatic light off system  Vehicles without a smart key system ● When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and any of the doors is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.) light switch off once and then back to or . If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.  Vehicles with a smart key system ● When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and any of the doors is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.) ● When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the driver’s door is opened. To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or turn the light switch off once and then back to or . If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ● When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and the driver’s door is opened. To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to “ON” position, or turn the 238 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers ■ Light reminder buzzer  Vehicles without a smart key system A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” or “ACC” position and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.  Vehicles with a smart key system A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on. ■ Battery-saving function In the following conditions, the remaining lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged: ● The headlights and/or tail lights are on. ● Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. This function will be canceled in any of the following situations: ● Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode. ● When the light switch is operated. ● When any of the doors is opened or closed. ■ Customization Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 689) NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 239 Automatic High Beam The Automatic High Beam uses a camera sensor located behind the upper portion of the windshield to assess the brightness of the lights of vehicles ahead, streetlights, etc., and automatically turns the high beams on or off as necessary. WARNING ■ Limitations of the Automatic High Beam Do not overly rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings and turning the high beams on or off manually if necessary. ■ To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system Do not overload the vehicle. 1 Push the lever away from you with the headlight switch in the or position. 2 Press the Automatic Beam switch. High The Automatic High Beam indicator will come on when the system is operating. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Activating the Automatic High Beam 4 240 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Turning the high beam on/off manually ■ Switching to low beam Pull the lever to the original position. The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off. Push the lever away from you to activate the Automatic High Beam system again. ■ Switching to high beam Press the Automatic Beam switch. High The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off and the high beam indicator will turn on. Press the switch to activate the Automatic High Beam system again. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 241 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Conditions to turn the high beams on/off automatically ● When all of the following conditions are met, the high beams will be turned on automatically (after approximately 1 second): • The vehicle speed is approximately 21 mph (34 km/h) or more. • The area ahead of the vehicle is dark. • There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on. • There are few streetlights on the road ahead. ● If any of the following conditions is met, the high beams will turn off automatically: • The vehicle speed is below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h). • The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark. • Vehicles ahead have their headlights or tail lights turned on. • There are many streetlights on the road ahead. ■ Camera sensor detection information ● The high beams may not be automatically turned off in the following situations: • When a vehicle suddenly appears from around a curve • When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle • When vehicles ahead cannot be detected due to repeated curves, road dividers or roadside trees • When vehicles ahead appear in a faraway lane on a wide road • When the lights of vehicles ahead are not on ● The high beams may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights without its headlights turned on is detected. ● House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs and other reflective objects may cause the high beams to change to the low beams, or the low beams to remain on. ● The following factors may affect the amount of time taken for the high beams to turn on or off: • The brightness of the headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead • The movement and direction of vehicles ahead • When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side • When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle • The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface, etc.) • The number of passengers and amount of luggage in the vehicle ● The high beams may turn on or off unexpectedly. ● Bicycles or similar vehicles may not be detected. ● In the following situations the system may not be able to correctly detect the surrounding brightness level. This may cause the low beams to remain on or the high beams to flash or dazzle pedestrians or vehicles ahead. In such a case, it is necessary to manually switch between the high and low beams. 242 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers • When driving in inclement weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.) • When the windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc. • When the windshield is cracked or damaged • When the camera sensor is deformed or dirty • When the temperature of the camera sensor is extremely high • When the surrounding brightness level is equal to that of headlights, tail lights or fog lights • When headlights or tail lights of vehicles ahead are turned off, dirty, changing color, or not aimed properly • When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a preceding vehicle • When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and darkness • When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved roads, gravel roads, etc.) • When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding road • When there is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or mirror • When the back of a preceding vehicle is highly reflective, such as a container on a truck • When the vehicle's headlights are damaged or dirty, or are not aimed properly • When the vehicle is listing or titling due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed, etc. • When the headlights are changed between the high beams and low beams repeatedly in an abnormal manner • When the driver believes that the high beams may be flashing or dazzling pedestrians or other drivers ■ Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered. 1 Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met. • The headlight switch is in or . • The headlight switch lever is in the high beam position. • Automatic High Beam switch is on. 2 Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). 3 Within 30 seconds after 2 , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times, then leave the lever in the high beam position. 4 If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator will turn on and off 3 times. Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 243 Fog light switch∗ The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving conditions, such as in rain and fog. 1 2 *1 or *2 Turns the front fog lights off Turns the front fog lights on *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada 4 Driving ■ Fog lights can be used when The headlights are on in low beam. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 244 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Windshield wipers and washer Operating the wiper lever The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.  Intermittent windshield wiper with interval adjuster 1 *1 or 2 *1 or 3 *1 or 4 *1 or *2 Intermittent windshield wiper operation *2 Low speed windshield wiper operation *2 High speed windshield wiper operation *2 Temporary operation * : For U.S.A. *2: For Canada 1 Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is selected. 5 Increases the intermittent wind- shield wiper frequency 6 Decreases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency 7 Washer/wiper dual operation Wipers will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers  245 Rain-sensing windshield wipers With “AUTO” selected, the wipers will operate automatically when the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts wiper timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed. 1 Rain-sensing windshield wiper operation 2 *1 or 3 *1 or 4 *1 or *2 Low speed windshield wiper operation *2 High speed windshield wiper operation *2 Temporary operation When AUTO mode is selected, the sensor sensitivity can be adjusted by turning the switch ring. 5 Increases the sensitivity 6 Decreases the sensitivity 7 Washer/wiper dual operation Wipers will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving * : For U.S.A. *2: For Canada 1 246 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers ■ The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Dripping prevention wiper sweep (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) After performing a washing and wiping operation several times, the wipers operate one more time after a short delay to prevent dripping. However, this final wiper operation will not be performed while driving. ■ Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) Even when the wipers are not in “AUTO” mode, wiper operation varies depending on vehicle speed when the washer is being used (delay until drip prevention wiper sweep occurs). ■ Raindrop sensor (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) ● The raindrop sensor judges the amount of raindrops. An optical sensor is adopted. It may not operate properly when sunlight from the rising or setting of the sun intermittently strikes the windshield, or if bugs etc. are present on the windshield. ● If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, the wiper will operate once to show that “AUTO” mode is activated. ● When the sensor sensitivity ring is turned toward high while in “AUTO” mode, the wipers will operate once to indicate that the sensor sensitivity is enhanced. ● If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 194°F (90°C) or higher, or 5°F (-15°C) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case, operate the wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”. ■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reservoir. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 247 WARNING ■ Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your fingers etc. do not become caught in the windshield wipers. ■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ When the windshield is dry Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield. ■ When the washer fluid tank is empty Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat. ■ When a nozzle becomes blocked In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged. 248 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers Rear window wiper and washer Operating the wiper lever The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows: 1 *1 or 2 *1 or *2 Intermittent window wiper operation *2 Normal window operation wiper *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada 3 Washer/wiper dual operation The wiper will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 249 ■ The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when ● Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is in the “ON” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ● The glass hatch is closed. ■ If no washer fluid sprays Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the washer fluid reservoir. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ When the rear window is dry Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window. ■ When the washer fluid tank is empty Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat. ■ When a nozzle becomes blocked In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged. 250 4-4. Refueling Opening the fuel tank cap Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap: Before refueling the vehicle ● Vehicles without a smart key system Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed. ● Vehicles with a smart key system Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed. ● Confirm the type of fuel. ■ Fuel types →P. 664 ■ Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-4. Refueling 251 WARNING NOTICE ■ Refueling Do not spill fuel during refueling. Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicle’s painted surface. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ When refueling the vehicle Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ● After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling. ● Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it. A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened. Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury. ● Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank. ● Do not inhale vaporized fuel. Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled. ● Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle. Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire. ● Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically charged. This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition hazard. ■ When refueling Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel tank: ● Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck. ● Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off. ● Do not top off the fuel tank. 252 4-4. Refueling Opening the fuel tank cap 1 Press the opener switch. 2 Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to remove it and hang it on the back of the fuel filler door. ■ When the fuel filler door cannot be opened by pressing the inside switch Remove the cover inside the luggage compartment and pull the lever. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-4. Refueling 253 Closing the fuel tank cap After refueling, turn the fuel tank cap until you hear a click. Once the cap is released, it will turn slightly in the opposite direction. WARNING ■ When replacing the fuel tank cap Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in death or serious injury. 4 Driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 254 4-5. Using the driving support systems Toyota Safety Sense P The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving experience: ◆ PCS (Pre-Collision System) →P. 261 ◆ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) →P. 275 ◆ Automatic High Beam →P. 239 ◆ Dynamic radar cruise control →P. 285 WARNING ■ Toyota Safety Sense P The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in normal driving conditions. As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control performance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle's surroundings and driving safely. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 255 Vehicle data recording The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer that will record certain data, such as: • Accelerator status • Brake status • Vehicle speed • Operation status of the pre-collision system functions • Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects) • Image information from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-collision braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was operating) The pre-collision system does not record conversations, sounds or images of the inside of the vehicle. ● Data usage Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except: • With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if the vehicle is leased • In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency • For use by Toyota in a lawsuit • For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner ● Recorded image information can be erased using a specialized device. The image information recording function can be disabled. However, if the function is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates will not be available. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve quality. 4 256 4-5. Using the driving support systems Sensors Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield, detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems. 1 Radar sensor 2 Camera sensor WARNING ■ To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor Observe the following precautions. Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ● Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times. 1 Radar sensor 21 Front grille emblem If the front of the radar sensor or the front or back of the front grille emblem is dirty or covered with water droplets, snow, etc., clean it. Clean the radar sensor and front grille emblem with a soft cloth so you do not mark or damage them. ● Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area. ● Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact. If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ● Do not disassemble the radar sensor. ● Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area. ● If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 257 WARNING ■ To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor Observe the following precautions. Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ● Keep the windshield clean at all times. • If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets, snow, etc., clear the windshield. • If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be necessary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor. • If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer. ● Do not install an antenna or attach stickers (including transparent stickers) or other items to the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor (shaded area in the illustration). 4 Driving ● If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove the fog, condensation or ice. (→P. 437, 444) ● If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the wiper insert or wiper blade. If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer. ● Do not attach window tinting to the windshield. ● Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked. If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer. ● Do not get the camera sensor wet. ● Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor. ● Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor. When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens. If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 258 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ● Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact. ● Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or remove it. ● Do not disassemble the camera sensor. ● Do not install an electronic device or device that emits strong electric waves near the camera sensor. ● Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor (inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling. ● Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details. ● If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure that it will not obstruct the camera sensor. ● Do not modify the headlights or other lights. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 259 ■ Certification 4 Driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 260 4-5. Using the driving support systems HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 261 PCS (Pre-Collision System) The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sensor to detect vehicles and pedestrians*1 in front of your vehicle. When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the impact of the collision. The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning timing can be changed. (→P. 265) *1: Depending on the region in which the vehicle was sold, the pedestrian Countries/areas U.S. mainland, Hawaii Function availability Regions Canada, The pedestrian detection function is available Region A The pedestrian detection function is not available Region B Guam, Saipan, Puerto Rico HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving detection function may not be available. See the following table for details. 4 262 4-5. Using the driving support systems ◆ Pre-collision warning When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, a buzzer will sound and a warning message will be displayed on the multiinformation display to urge the driver to take evasive action. ◆ Pre-collision brake assist When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to how strongly the brake pedal is depressed. ◆ Pre-collision braking When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines that the possibility of a collision is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the collision speed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 263 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Limitations of the pre-collision system ● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings. Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this system. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ● Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to various conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve the same level of performance. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully. • Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no possibility of a collision: →P. 268 • Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: →P. 271 ● Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself, as the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident. ■ Pre-collision braking ● When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of braking force will be applied. ● If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking function, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary. ● The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-collision braking function from operating. ● In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating, operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system determines that the driver is taking evasive action. ● If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of the pre-collision braking function. 264 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ When to disable the pre-collision system In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury: ● When the vehicle is being towed ● When your vehicle is towing another vehicle ● When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of transportation ● When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires are allowed to rotate freely ● When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dynamometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel balancer ● When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to an accident or other reasons ● If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehicle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning ● When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road ● When the tires are not properly inflated ● When the tires are very worn ● When tires of a size other than specified are installed ● When tire chains are installed ● When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used ● If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or camera sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 265 Changing settings of the pre-collision system ■ Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on of the multi-information display. (→P. 99) The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). If the system is disabled, the PCS warning light will turn on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. 4 ■ Changing the pre-collision warning timing (→P. 99) of The operation timing setting is retained when the engine switch is turned off. 1 Far The warning will begin to operate earlier than with the default timing. 2 Middle This is the default setting. 3 Near The warning will begin to operate later than with the default timing. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on the multi-information display. 266 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Operational conditions Availability of the pedestrian detection function depends on the region in which the vehicle was sold. (For specific countries/areas: →P. 261) Read the following for details:  Region A (The pedestrian detection function is available) The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high. Each function is operational at the following speeds: ● Pre-collision warning: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].) • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more. ● Pre-collision brake assist: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and 110 mph (30 and 180 km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and 50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].) • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) or more. ● Pre-collision braking: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].) • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more. The system may not operate in the following situations: ● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time ● If the shift lever is in R ● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be operational) ● If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light is flashing or illuminated HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 267  Region B HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving (The pedestrian detection function is not available) The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle is high. Each function is operational at the following speeds: ● Pre-collision warning: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and 180 km/h). • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more. ● Pre-collision brake assist: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and 110 mph (30 and 180 km/h). • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) or more. ● Pre-collision braking: • Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and 180 km/h). • The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more. The system may not operate in the following situations: ● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time ● If the shift lever is in R ● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be operational) ● If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light is flashing or illuminated 268 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Pedestrian detection function*2 The pre-collision system detects pedestrians based on the size, profile, and motion of a detected object. However, a pedestrian may not be detected depending on the surrounding brightness and the motion, posture, and angle of the detected object, preventing the system from operating properly. (→P. 271) *2: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 261), the pedestrian detection function may not be available. ■ Cancelation of the pre-collision braking If either of the following occurs while the pre-collision braking function is operating, it will be canceled: ● The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly. ● The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly. ■ Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no possibility of a collision ● In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate. • When passing a vehicle or pedestrian*2 • When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle • When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes • When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is making a left/right turn • When passing a vehicle in an oncoming lane that is stopped to make a right/left turn HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 269 • When driving on a road where relative location to vehicle ahead in an adjacent lane may change, such as on a winding road • When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead • If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road surface is uneven or undulating • When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility poles, trees, or walls • When there is a vehicle, pedestrian*2, or object by the roadside at the entrance of a curve 4 • When a crossing pedestrian approaches very close to the vehicle*2 • When passing through a place with a low structure above the road (low ceiling, traffic sign, etc.) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving • When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on an iron bridge • When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a protrusion on the road surface or roadside 270 4-5. Using the driving support systems • When passing under an object (billboard, etc.) at the top of an uphill road • When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier, or other barrier that opens and closes • When using an automatic car wash • When driving through or under objects that may contact the vehicle, such as thick grass, tree branches, or a banner • When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead • When driving through steam or smoke • When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mistaken for a vehicle or pedestrian*2 • When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large truck or guardrail • When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant, or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be present *2: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 261), the pedestrian detection function may not be available. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 271 ■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly ● In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly: • If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle • If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle • When approaching the side or front of a vehicle • If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck • If a preceding vehicle has a low rear end, such as a low bed trailer • If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper • If a vehicle ahead has extremely high ground clearance 4 Driving • • • • If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving, acceleration or deceleration) • When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle • When a vehicle ahead is not directly in front of your vehicle HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 272 4-5. Using the driving support systems • When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a sandstorm • When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead • When driving through steam or smoke • When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel • When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor • When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at night or in a tunnel • After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time • While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/ right turn • While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve • If your vehicle is skidding • If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered • If the wheels are misaligned • If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor • The vehicle is wobbling. • The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds. • When driving on a hill • If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned ● In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be obtained, preventing the system from performing properly: • If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet • If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.) • When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery surface HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 273 *2: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 261), the pedestrian detection function may not be available. ■ If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light flashes and a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a malfunction in the system. ● In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating conditions return: • When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sensor is hot, such as in the sun • When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sensor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment • When the radar sensor or front grille emblem is dirty or covered with snow, etc. • When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or covered with condensation or ice (Defogging the windshield: →P. 437, 444) • If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ● Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly*2: • Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approximately 6.5 ft. (2 m) • Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), making their silhouette obscure • Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc., hiding part of their body • Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting • Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle • Groups of pedestrians which are close together • Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright • Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel • Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or brightness as their surroundings • Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects • Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.) on the road • Pedestrians who are walking fast • Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly • Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object • Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside rear view mirror, etc.) 274 4-5. Using the driving support systems ● If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light continues to flash or the warning message does not disappear, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. ■ If VSC is disabled ● If VSC is disabled (→P. 334), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision braking functions are also disabled. ● The PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multiinformation display. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 275 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) Summary of functions When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane and provides assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane. The LDA system recognizes visible white (yellow) lines with the camera sensor on the upper portion of the windshield. 4 ◆ Lane departure alert function When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver. When the warning buzzer sounds, check the surrounding road situation and carefully operate the steering wheel to move the vehicle back to the center within the white (yellow) lines. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Functions included in LDA system 276 4-5. Using the driving support systems ◆ Steering control function When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane, the system provides assistance as necessary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a short period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane. If the system detects that the steering wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the warning buzzer sounds. ◆ Vehicle sway warning When the vehicle is swaying or appears as if it may depart from its lane multiple times, the warning buzzer sounds and a message is displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 277 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Before using LDA system Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. LDA is not a system which automatically drives the vehicle or reduces the amount of attention that must be paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full responsibility for driving safely by always paying careful attention to the surrounding conditions and operate the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle. Also, make sure to take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as from driving for a long period of time. Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ To avoid operating LDA system by mistake When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off. ■ Situations unsuitable for LDA system Do not use the LDA system in the following situations. The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ● A spare tire, tire chains, etc., are equipped. ● When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pressure is low. ● Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are used. ● Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.). ● Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road. ● White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc. ● Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc., are present due to road repair. ● Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction work. ● Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather, fallen snow, freezing, etc. ● Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than on highways and freeways. ● Vehicle is driven in a construction zone. ● Vehicle is towing a trailer or another vehicle. 278 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by mistake ● Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc., on the surface of the lights. ● Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer. ● Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.). ● If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer. Turning LDA system on Press the LDA switch to turn the LDA system on. The LDA indicator illuminates and a message is displayed on the multi-information display. Press the LDA switch again to turn the LDA system off. When the LDA system is turned on or off, operation of the LDA system continues in the same condition the next time the engine is started. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 279 Indications on multi-information display 1 LDA indicator The illumination condition of the indicator informs the driver of the system operation status. LDA indicator System operation status LDA system is operating. Illuminated in green Steering wheel assistance of the steering control function is operating. Flashing in amber Lane departure alert function is operating. 2 Operation display of steering wheel operation support Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering control function is operating. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving Illuminated in white 280 4-5. Using the driving support systems 3 Lane departure alert function display Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving assist system information screen.  Inside of displayed white lines is white Indicates that the system is recognizing white (yellow) lines. When the vehicle departs from its lane, the white line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes amber. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  Inside of displayed white lines is black Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow) lines or is temporarily canceled. 4-5. Using the driving support systems 281 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Operation conditions of each function ● Lane departure alert function This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. • LDA is turned on. • Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more. • System recognizes white (yellow) lines. • Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more. • Turn signal lever is not operated. • Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m). • No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 581) ● Steering control function This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function. • Setting for “Steering Assist” on of the multi-information display is set to “On”. (→P. 99) • Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more. • Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for changing lanes. • ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS (Pre-Collision System) are not operating. • TRAC or VSC is not turned off. • Hands off steering wheel alert is not displayed. (→P. 282) ● Vehicle sway warning This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. • Setting for “Sway Warning” on of the multi-information display is set to “On”.(→P. 99) • Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more. • Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more. • No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 581) 282 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Temporary cancellation of functions When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation of the function is automatically restored. (→P. 281) ■ Steering control function Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions, etc., the operation of the functions may not be recognized or the functions may not operate. ■ Lane departure alert function The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio playback, etc. ■ Hands off steering wheel alert When the system determines that the driver has removed their hands from the steering wheel while the steering control function is operating, a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display and the buzzer sounds. ■ White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines could not be recognized. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 283 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Conditions in which functions may not operate properly In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow) lines and various functions may not operate normally. ● There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white (yellow) lines. ● The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection etc. ● The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement marker” or stones are present. ● The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand, etc. ● The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc. ● The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than lines that are white). ● The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc. ● The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete. ● The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc. ● The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc. ● Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the camera. ● The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc. ● The vehicle is driven on a slope. ● The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road. ● The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road. ● The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve. ● The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide. ● The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having improper tire pressure. ● The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short. ● The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions during driving (poor roads or road seams). ● The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the beam axis has deviated. ● The vehicle is struck by a crosswind. ● The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection. ● Snow tires, etc., are equipped. 284 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Warning message Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. (→P. 581) ■ Customization Some settings can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 683) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 285 Dynamic radar cruise control Summary of functions In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed. Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways. ● Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (→P. 288) ● Constant speed control mode (→P. 293) 1 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch 2 Set speed 3 Display 5 Dynamic radar cruise control switch HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving 4 Indicators 4 286 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ Before using dynamic radar cruise control Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your surroundings. The dynamic radar cruise control provides driving assistance to reduce the driver's burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided. Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preceding vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this system or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ Cautions regarding the driving assist systems Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance provided by the system. Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ● Assisting the driver to measure following distance The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention to the vehicle’s surroundings. ● Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in any given situation. ● Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle The dynamic radar cruise control has limited capability to prevent or avoid a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore, if there is ever any danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved. ■ To avoid inadvertent dynamic radar cruise control activation Switch the dynamic radar cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 287 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations. Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ● Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclers, etc. ● In heavy traffic ● On roads with sharp bends ● On winding roads ● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow ● On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up and down gradients Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill. ● At entrances to freeways and highways ● When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sensors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.) ● When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar sensor or camera sensor ● In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and deceleration ● When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing ● When an approach warning buzzer is heard often 288 4-5. Using the driving support systems Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles up to approximately 320 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable following distance from the vehicle ahead. Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on long downhill slopes. 1 Example of constant speed cruising When there are no vehicles ahead The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-tovehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. 2 Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver. Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate sufficiently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead. 3 Example of acceleration When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the set speed The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then returns to constant speed cruising. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 289 Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) 1 Press the “ON-OFF” button to activate the cruise control. Radar cruise control indicator will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. Press the button again to deactivate the cruise control. If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or more, the system turns on in constant speed control mode. (→P. 293) 2 Accelerate or decelerate, with Cruise control “SET” indicator will come on. The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set speed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving accelerator pedal operation, to the desired vehicle speed (above approximately 30 mph [50 km/h]) and push the lever down to set the speed. 290 4-5. Using the driving support systems Adjusting the set speed To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed is displayed. 1 Increases the speed 2 Decreases the speed Fine adjustment: Momentarily move the lever in the desired direction. Large adjustment: Hold the lever up or down to change the speed, and release when the desired speed is reached. In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:  Type A Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the lever is operated Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h) *1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for as long as the lever is held  Type B Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the lever is operated Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5 km/h (3.1 mph)*2 increments for as long as the lever is held In the constant speed control mode (→P. 293), the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows: Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the lever is operated Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is held. *1: *2: When the set speed is shown in “MPH” When the set speed is shown in “km/h” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 291 Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) Pressing the button changes the Preceding vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol- vehicle mark lows: 1 Long 2 Medium 3 Short The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is set automatically to long mode when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be displayed. Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed. Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m) Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m) Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) 4 292 4-5. Using the driving support systems Canceling and resuming the speed control 1 Pulling the lever toward you cancels the speed control. The speed setting is also canceled when the brake pedal is depressed. 2 Pushing the lever up resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle speed to the set speed. However, cruise control does not resume when the vehicle speed is approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less. Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and sufficient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possible, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-tovehicle distance. ■ Warnings may not occur when In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small. ● When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds your vehicle speed ● When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow speed ● Immediately after the cruise control speed was set ● When depressing the accelerator pedal HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 293 Selecting constant speed control mode When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc. 1 With the cruise control off, press and hold the “ON-OFF” button for 1.5 seconds or more. Immediately after the “ON-OFF” button is pressed, the radar cruise control indicator will come on. Afterwards, it switches to the cruise control indicator. Switching to constant speed control mode is only possible when operating the lever with the cruise control off. accelerator pedal operation, to the desired vehicle speed (above approximately 30 mph [50 km/h]) and push the lever down to set the speed. Cruise control “SET” indicator will come on. The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set speed. Adjusting the speed setting: →P. 290 Canceling and resuming the speed setting: →P. 292 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving 2 Accelerate or decelerate, with 4 294 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when ● The shift lever is in the D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected. ● Vehicle speed is above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h). ■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After accelerating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle. ■ Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations. ● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). ● VSC is activated. ● TRAC is activated for a period of time. ● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off. ● When snow mode is set. ● The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way. ● Pre-collision braking is activated. If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 295 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations: ● Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below the set vehicle speed. ● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). ● VSC is activated. ● TRAC is activated for a period of time. ● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off. ● Pre-collision braking is activated. If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer. ■ Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions. (→P. 591) ■ When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required. As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the approach warning (→P. 292) may not be activated. ● Vehicles that cut in suddenly ● Vehicles traveling at low speeds ● Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane ● Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.) 296 4-5. Using the driving support systems ● Motorcycles traveling in the same lane ● When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the detecting of the sensor ● When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the luggage compartment, etc.) ● Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance ■ Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not function correctly In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelerator pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary. As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system may not operate properly. ● When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow ● When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unstable ● When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 297 Stop & Start system∗ The Stop & Start system stops and restarts the engine according to the brake pedal operation and other operations when the vehicle is stopped. Stop & Start system operation ■ Stopping the engine While driving with the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal, and stop the vehicle. The Stop & Start indicator will come on. 4 Driving ■ Restarting the engine Release the brake pedal. The Stop & Start indicator will turn off. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 298 4-5. Using the driving support systems Disabling the Stop & Start system Press the Stop & Start cancel switch to disable the Stop & Start system. The Stop & Start cancel indicator will come on. Pressing the switch again will enable the Stop & Start system and the Stop & Start cancel indicator will turn off. ■ Automatic reactivation of the Stop & Start system Even if the Stop & Start system is disabled by the Stop & Start cancel switch, it will be automatically enabled when the engine switch is turned off, and then the engine is started again. ■ If the Stop & Start cancel switch is pressed ● When the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, pressing the Stop & Start cancel switch will restart the engine. ● With the Stop & Start system disabled, pressing the Stop & Start cancel switch will enable the system but not stop the engine. From the next time the vehicle is stopped (after the Stop & Start system has been enabled), the engine will be stopped. Hill-start assist control If the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system when the vehicle is on an incline, brake force is temporarily maintained to prevent rolling backwards until the engine is restarted and drive force is generated. When drive force is generated, the maintained brake force is automatically canceled. ● This function operates on flat surfaces as well as steep inclines. ● Sound may be generated from the brakes, but this is not a malfunction. ● Brake pedal response may change and vibration may occur, but these are not malfunctions. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 299 ■ Operating conditions ● The Stop & Start system is operational when all of the following conditions are met: • The brake pedal is being depressed firmly. • The engine is adequately warmed up. • The outside temperature is 23°F (-5°C) or higher. • The shift lever is in D. • is off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving • The hood is closed. • The driver's seat belt is fastened. • The driver's door is closed. • The accelerator pedal is not being depressed. ● In the following situations the engine may not be stopped by the Stop & Start system. This is not a malfunction of the Stop & Start system. • The air conditioning system is being used when the ambient temperature is high or low. • The battery is not sufficiently charged, such as if the vehicle has been parked for a long time and the battery charge has decreased, the electric load is large, the battery temperature is excessively low or the battery has deteriorated, or is undergoing a periodic recharge. • The brake booster vacuum is low. • The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline. • The steering wheel is being operated. • Due to traffic or other circumstances the vehicle is being stopped repeatedly. • The vehicle is being driven in a high altitude area. • Engine coolant temperature or transmission fluid temperature is extremely low or high. • The battery fluid temperature is extremely low or high. • For a while after the battery terminals have been disconnected and reconnected. • For a while after the battery replacement. • Power mode or snow mode is selected. 300 4-5. Using the driving support systems ● In the following situations, the engine will restart automatically if the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system. (To enable stopping of the engine by the Stop & Start system, drive the vehicle.) • The air conditioning system is turned on. • is turned on. • The steering wheel is operated. • The shift lever is shifted to a position other than D. • The driver's seat belt is unfastened. • The driver's door is opened. • The accelerator pedal is depressed. • The Stop & Start cancel switch is pressed. • The vehicle starts to roll on an incline. ● In the following situations, the engine may restart automatically if the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system. (To enable stopping of the engine by the Stop & Start system, drive the vehicle.) • The brake pedal is pumped or strongly depressed. • The air conditioning system is being used. • The battery is not sufficiently charged. ■ Hood ● If the hood is opened while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, the engine will stall and will not be able to be restarted by the automatic engine start function. In this case, restart the engine using the normal engine starting procedure. (→P. 218, 221) ● Even if the hood is closed after the engine is started with the hood open, the Stop & Start system will not operate. Close the hood, turn the engine switch off, wait 30 seconds or more, and then start the engine. ■ When to use the Stop & Start system ● When the system cannot operate, is canceled, or is malfunctioning, warning messages and a warning buzzer are used to inform the driver. (→P. 303) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: If the engine switch is pressed when the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system, the engine will stall and will not be able to be restarted by the automatic engine start function. In this case, restart the engine using the normal engine starting procedure. (→P. 218, 221) ● When the engine is restarted by the Stop & Start system, the power outlets may be temporarily unusable, but this is not a malfunction. ● Installation and removal of electrical components and wireless devices may affect the Stop & Start system. Contact your Toyota dealer for details. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 301 ■ If the windshield is fogged up while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system Turn on. (→P. 437, 444) ing system is on can be changed on the (→P. 98) or (→P. 99). (The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the air conditioning system is off cannot be changed.) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving If the windshield fogs up frequently, press the Stop & Start cancel switch to disable the system. ■ If an odor comes from the air conditioning system while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system Vehicles with a manual air conditioning system: If the idling stop time is set to “Extended”, change the setting to “Standard”. If an odor occurs even when “Standard” is selected, press the Stop & Start cancel switch to deactivate the Stop & Start system. Vehicles with an automatic air conditioning system: Press the Stop & Start cancel switch to deactivate the Stop & Start system. ■ Air conditioning system while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system ● Vehicles with an automatic air conditioning system: If the air conditioning system is being used in automatic mode, the fan speed may be reduced or the fan may be stopped while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system in order to reduce changes in the cabin temperature. ● To ensure air conditioning system performance when the vehicle is stopped, disable the Stop & Start system by pressing the Stop & Start cancel switch. ■ Changing the idling stop time with the air conditioning system on The length of time the Stop & Start system will operate when the air condition- 302 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ The Stop & Start system protection function ● Vehicles without a smart key system: When an excessively loud sound is being projected by the audio system, the audio system may be automatically cut off in order to reduce battery consumption. If this occurs, turn the engine switch off, wait for 3 seconds or longer and then turn it to the “ACC” or “ON” position to re-enable the audio system. Vehicles with a smart key system: When an excessively loud sound is being projected by the audio system, the audio system may be automatically cut off in order to reduce battery consumption. If this occurs, turn the engine switch off, wait for 3 seconds or longer and then turn it to ACCESSORY mode or IGNITION ON mode to re-enable the audio system. ● The audio system may not be activated when the battery terminals are disconnected and then reconnected. If this occurs, turn the engine switch off and then repeat the following operation twice to activate the audio system normally. • Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position and then to the “Lock” position. • Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode and then to OFF. ■ Replacing the battery →P. 642 ■ Displaying the Stop & Start system status →P. 98 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 303 ■ Multi-information display messages If the following situations, and a message may be displayed on the multiinformation display. ● When the engine cannot be stopped by the Stop & Start system Message Details “Depress Brake Firmly to Activate” The brake pedal is not depressed enough. If the brake pedal is depressed further, the system will operate. • The air conditioning system is being used when the ambient temperature is high or low. If the difference between the set temperature “For Climate Conand cabin temperature is small, the system trol” will be enabled. • • The battery charge amount may be low. Engine stop is temporarily prohibited to prioritize charging of the battery, but if the engine is operated for a short while, engine stop is allowed. • A refresh charge may be occurring, such as when the battery is undergoing a periodic recharge, for a while after the battery terminals have been disconnected and reconnected, for a while after the battery has been replaced, etc. After a refresh charge of approximately 5 to 60 minutes completes, the system can be operated. • If the message is displayed continuously (more than 60 minutes), the battery may have deteriorated. Contact your Toyota dealer. • The vehicle is being driven in a high altitude area. • The brake booster vacuum is low. “For Brake System” When the brake booster vacuum reaches a predetermined level, the system will be enabled. “Steering Turned” Wheel HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) The steering wheel has been operated. 4 Driving “Battery Charging” is ON. 304 4-5. Using the driving support systems Message Details “Driver Seat Belt The driver seat belt is not fastened. Unbuckled” • The Stop & Start system is temporarily disabled. Operate the engine for a short while. “Stop & Start • The engine may have been started with the Unavailable” hood open. Close the hood, turn the engine switch off, wait for 30 seconds or more, and then start the engine. “System Temperature Low” The battery may be cold. Operating the engine for a short while allows the system to recover due to the temperature increase in the engine compartment. “System Temperature High” The battery may be extremely hot. If the engine compartment is allowed to cool sufficiently, the system recovers. “Non-Dedicated Battery” A non-dedicated battery for the Stop & Start system may have been installed. The Stop & Start system does not operate. Have the vehicle inspected by Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 305 ● When the engine automatically restarts while stopped by the Stop & Start system Message Details “For Climate Control” • The air conditioning system has been turned on or is being used. • has been turned on. The brake pedal has been depressed further or pumped. “For Brake System” The system will be enabled after the engine runs and the brake booster vacuum reaches a predetermined level. “Battery Charging” Wheel The steering wheel was operated. “Driver Seat Belt The driver seat belt has been unfastened. Unbuckled” ■ If “Stop & Start System Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by Toyota dealer. ■ If the Stop & Start cancel indicator continues to flash The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving “Steering Turned” The battery charge amount may be low. The engine is restarted to prioritize battery charging. Operating the engine for a short while allows the system to recover. 306 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ When the Stop & Start system is operating ● Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake when necessary while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system (while the Stop & Start indicator is on). ● Do not allow anyone to leave the vehicle while the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system (while the Stop & Start indicator is on). An accident may occur due to the automatic engine start function. ● Ensure that the engine is not stopped by the Stop & Start system while the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area. The engine may restart due to the automatic engine start function, causing exhaust gases to collect and enter the vehicle, possibly resulting in death or a serious health hazard. NOTICE ■ To ensure the system operates correctly If any of the following situations occur, the Stop & Start system may not operate correctly. Have your vehicle inspected by Toyota dealer. ● While the driver's seat belt is fastened, the driver's and front passenger's seat belt reminder light flashes. ● Even though the driver's seat belt is not fastened, the driver's and front passenger's seat belt reminder light does not illuminate. ● Even though the driver's door is closed, the open door warning is displayed on the multi-information display or the interior light is illuminated when door linked illumination is enabled (→P. 458). ● Even though the driver's door is open, the open door warning is not displayed on the multi-information display or the interior light does not illuminate when door linked illumination is enabled (→P. 458). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 307 Rear view monitor system∗  Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND OWNER’S MANUAL”.  MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM Entune Audio The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying guide lines and an image of the view behind the vehicle while backing up, for example while parking. The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the screen. The rear view image is displayed when the shift position is in R and the engine switch is in “ON” position. 4 Driving The rear view monitor system will be deactivated when the shift lever is in any position other than R. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 308 4-5. Using the driving support systems Using the rear view monitor system ■ Screen description The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in “ON” position. 1 Vehicle width guide lines The line indicates a guide path when the vehicle is being backed straight up. The displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width. 2 Vehicle center guide line The line indicates the estimated vehicle center on the ground. 3 Distance guide line The line shows points approximately 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) (red) from the center of the edge of the bumper. 4 Distance guide line The line shows distance behind the vehicle, a point approximately 3 ft. (1 m) (blue) from the edge of the bumper. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 309 Rear view monitor system precautions ■ Area displayed on screen The rear view monitor system displays an image of the view from the bumper of the rear area of the vehicle. To adjust the image on the rear view monitor system screen. (→P. 361) ■ Rear view monitor system camera The camera for the rear view monitor system is located above the license plate. ● Using the camera If dirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is adhering to the camera, it cannot transmit a clear image. In this case, flush it with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera lens clean with a soft and wet cloth. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving • The area displayed on the screen may vary according to vehicle orientation conditions. • Objects which are close to either corner of the bumper or under Corners of bumper the bumper cannot be seen on the screen. • The camera uses a special lens. The distance of the image that appears on the screen differs from the actual distance. • Items which are located higher than the camera may not be displayed by the monitor. 310 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Differences between the screen and the actual road The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually. The distances between the vehicle width guide lines and the left and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually. The distance guide lines give a distance guide for flat road surfaces. In any of the following situations, there is a margin of error between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road. ● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes up sharply The distance guide lines will appear to be closer to the vehicle than the actual distance. Because of this, objects will appear to be farther away than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error between the guidelines and the actual distance/course on the road. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 311 ● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes down sharply The distance guide lines will appear to be further from the vehicle than the actual distance. Because of this, objects will appear to be closer than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error between the guidelines and the actual distance/course on the road. ● When any part of the vehicle sags 4 Driving When any part of the vehicle sags due to the number of passengers or the distribution of the load, there is a margin of error between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road. A margin of error ■ When approaching three-dimensional objects The distance guide lines are displayed according to flat surfaced objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the position of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the distance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimensional object that extends outward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of the following. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 312 4-5. Using the driving support systems ● Distance guidelines Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. On the screen, it appears that a truck is parked at point 2 . However, in reality if you back up to point 1 , you will hit the truck. On the screen, it appears that 1 is closest and 3 is furthest away. However, in reality, the distance to 1 and 3 is the same, and 2 is farther than 1 and 3 . ■ Vehicle width guide lines Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. In the case shown below, the truck appears to be outside of the vehicle width guide lines and the vehicle does not look as if it hits the truck. However, the rear body of the truck may actually cross over the vehicle width guide lines. In reality if you back up as guided by the vehicle width guide lines, the vehicle may hit the truck. 1 Vehicle width guide lines HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 313 Things you should know ■ If you notice any symptoms If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause and the solution, and re-check. If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Likely cause Solution  The image is difficult to see If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunction. Back up while visually checking the vehicle’s surroundings. (Use the monitor again once conditions have been improved.) To adjust the image on the rear view monitor system screen. (→P. 361)  The image is blurry Dirt or foreign matter (such as water Flush the camera with a large quandroplets, snow, mud etc.) is adher- tity of water and wipe the camera ing to the camera. lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.  The image is out of alignment The camera or surrounding area has Have the vehicle inspected by your received a strong impact. Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving • The vehicle is in a dark area • The temperature around the lens is either high or low • The outside temperature is low • There are water droplets on the camera • It is raining or humid • Foreign matter (mud etc.) is adhering to the camera • There are scratches on the camera • Sunlight or headlights are shining directly into the camera • The vehicle is under fluorescent lights, sodium lights, mercury lights etc. 314 4-5. Using the driving support systems Likely cause Solution  The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignment • The vehicle is tilted (there is a heavy load on the vehicle, tire pressure is low due to a tire puncture, etc.) • The vehicle is used on an incline. If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunction. Back up while visually checking the vehicle's surroundings. The camera position is out of align- Have the vehicle inspected by your ment. Toyota dealer. WARNING ■ When using the rear view monitor system The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist the driver when backing up. When backing up, be sure to check visually behind and all around the vehicle before proceeding. Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries. ● Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up. The image and the position of the guide lines displayed on the screen may differ from the actual state. Use caution, just as you would when backing up any vehicle. ● Be sure to back up slowly, depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle speed. ● The instructions given are only guidelines. When and how much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traffic conditions, road surface conditions, vehicle condition, etc. when parking. It is necessary to be fully aware of this before using the rear view monitor system. ● When parking, be sure to check that the parking space will accommodate your vehicle before maneuvering into it. ● Do not use the rear view monitor system in the following cases: • On icy or slick road surfaces, or in snow • When using tire chains or the compact spare tire • When the back door is not closed completely • On roads that are not flat or straight, such as curves or slopes. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 315 WARNING ● In low temperatures, the screen may darken or the image may become faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is moving, or you may become unable to see the image on the screen. Be sure to check direct visually and with the mirrors all around the vehicle before proceeding. ● If the tire sizes are changed, the position of the fixed guide lines displayed on the screen may change. ● The camera uses a special lens. The distances between objects and pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the screen will differ from the actual distances. (→P. 310) NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ How to use the camera ● The rear view monitor system may not operate properly in the following cases. • If the back of the vehicle is hit, the position and mounting angle of the camera may change. • As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation. • When cleaning the camera lens, flush the camera with a large quantity of water and wipe it with a soft and wet cloth. Strongly rubbing the camera lens may cause the camera lens to be scratched and unable to transmit a clear image. • Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible. • If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured on the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally. • When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunctioning. • When the camera is used under fluorescent lights, sodium light or mercury light etc., the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker. ● Do not expose the camera to strong impact as this could cause a malfunction. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. 316 4-5. Using the driving support systems BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)∗ Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions: ● The BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) function Assists the driver in making a decision when changing lanes ● The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function Assists the driver when backing up These functions use same sensors. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 317 1 Multi-information display Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off. (→P. 318) The RCTA function is available when the BSM function is on. BSM function: When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors, the outside rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view mirror indicator will flash. RCTA function: When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash. 3 “BSM” indicator When the BSM function/RCTA function is turned on, the indicator illuminates. 4 Monitor screen display (RCTA function only) If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, the RCTA icon (→P. 325) for the detected side will be displayed on the monitor screen. This illustration shows an example of a vehicle approaching from the left at the rear of the vehicle. 5 RCTA buzzer (RCTA function only) If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer also sounds for approximately 1 second immediately after the BSM function is operated to turn the system on. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving 2 Outside rear view mirror indicators 4 318 4-5. Using the driving support systems Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off 1 Press “<” or “>” of the meter control switches, select . 2 Press “∧” or “∨” of the meter control switches, select “BSM”. ■ Outside rear view mirror indicator visibility In strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be difficult to see. ■ Hearing the RCTA buzzer The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to hear over loud noises, such as if the audio system volume is high. ■ When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following, a warning message will be displayed: (→P. 591) ● A sensor is malfunctioning ● A sensor is dirty or covered with snow or a sticker ● The outside temperature is extremely high or low ● Sensor voltage is abnormal ● A sensor is misaligned HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 319 Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. Bandes de fréquences : 24.05 - 24.25GHz Puissance émise : Moins de 20 milliwatts HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor  For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. FCC ID : OAYSRR3A This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.  For vehicles sold in Canada Applicable law : Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Frequency bands : 24.05 - 24.25GHz Output power : less than 20 milliwatts Droit applicable : Canada 310 320 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ Handling the radar sensor Blind Spot Monitor sensors are installed behind the left and right sides of the rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly. ● Keep the sensors and the surrounding areas on the rear bumper clean at all times. If a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper is dirty or covered with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not operate and a warning message (→P. 591) will be displayed. In this situation, clear off the dirt or snow and drive the vehicle with the operation conditions of the BSM function (→P. 322) satisfied for approximately 10 minutes. If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ● Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a strong impact. If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction and vehicles may not be detected correctly. In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. • A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact. • If the surrounding area of a sensor is scratched or dented, or part of them has become disconnected. ● Do not disassemble the sensor. ● Do not attach stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper. ● Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper. ● Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 321 BSM function The BSM function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of the vehicles existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator. BSM function detection areas The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below. The range of the detection area extends to: 1 Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m) from the side of the vehicle The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the side of the vehicle is not in the detection area 4 2 Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from 3 Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for- ward of the rear bumper WARNING ■ Cautions regarding the use of the function The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings. The BSM function is a supplementary function which alerts the driver that a vehicle is in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or is approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot. Do not overly rely on the BSM function. As the function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes, over reliance could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. As the system may not function correctly under certain conditions, the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving the rear bumper 322 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ The BSM function is operational when The BSM function is operational when all of the following conditions are met: ● The BSM function is on. ● The shift lever is in a position other than R. ● The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h). ■ The BSM function will detect a vehicle when The BSM function will detect a vehicle present in the detection area in the following situations: ● A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle. ● Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes. ■ Conditions under which the BSM function will not detect a vehicle The BSM function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles and/or objects: ● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.* ● Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction ● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects* ● Following vehicles that are in the same lane* ● Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle* *: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur. ■ Conditions under which the BSM function may not function correctly ● The BSM function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situations: • When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its surrounding area • When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper • When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog • When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between each vehicle • When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short • When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and the vehicle that enters the detection area • When the difference in speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is changing • When a vehicle enters a detection area traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle • As your vehicle starts from a stop, a vehicle remains in the detection area • When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc. • When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven surfaces HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 323 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving • When vehicle lanes are wide, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and the vehicle in an adjacent lane is far away from your vehicle • When towing a trailer • When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehicle • When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and the vehicle that enters the detection area • Immediately after the BSM function is turned on ● Instances of the BSM function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or object may increase in the following situations: • When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its surrounding area • When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc. that enters the detection area is short • When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc. • When vehicle lanes are narrow, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and a vehicle traveling in a lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the detection area • When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven surfaces • When the tires are slipping or spinning • When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short • When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the vehicle • When towing a trailer 324 4-5. Using the driving support systems RCTA function The RCTA function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle and alerts the driver of the presence of such vehicles by flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators and sounding a buzzer. 1 Approaching vehicles 2 Detection areas of approaching vehicles HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 325 ■ RCTA icon display When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, the following will be displayed on the audio system screen. Display Content A vehicle is approaching from the left at the rear of the vehicle A vehicle is approaching from the right at the rear of the vehicle 4 The RCTA function is malfunctioning (→P. 318) WARNING ■ Cautions regarding the use of the function The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings. The RCTA function is only a supplementary function which alerts the driver that a vehicle is approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle. As the RCTA function may not function correctly under certain conditions, the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary. Over reliance on this function may lead to an accident resulting death or serious injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Vehicles are approaching from both sides of the vehicle 326 4-5. Using the driving support systems RCTA function detection areas The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below. The buzzer can alert the driver of faster vehicles approaching from farther away. Example: 1 Approximate alert distance Approaching vehicle Speed Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m) Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m) ■ The RCTA function is operational when The RCTA function operates when all of the following conditions are met: ● The RCTA function is on. ● The shift lever is in R. ● The vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h). ● The approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and 18 mph (28 km/h). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 327 ■ Conditions under which the RCTA function will not detect a vehicle The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles and/or objects: ● Vehicles approaching from directly behind ● Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle ● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect due to obstructions ● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects* ● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.* ● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle ● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle* *: Depending 4 on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may ■ Conditions under which the RCTA function may not function correctly ● The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situations: • When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its surrounding area • When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper • When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog • When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between each vehicle • When a vehicle is approaching at high speed • When towing a trailer HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving occur. 328 4-5. Using the driving support systems • When backing up on a slope with a sharp change in grade • When backing out of a shallow angle parking spot • Immediately after the RCTA function is turned on • Immediately after the engine is started with the RCTA function on • When the sensors cannot detect a vehicle due to obstructions HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 329 ● Instances of the RCTA function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or object may increase in the following situations: • When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle • When the parking space faces a street and vehicles are being driven on the street • When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electrical waves toward the rear of the vehicle, is short 4 Driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 330 4-5. Using the driving support systems All-wheel drive lock switch (AWD models) All-wheel drive lock mode can be used when a large amount of drive power needs to be applied to all the wheels, such as when the vehicle gets stuck in mud and you need to free it. Press the switch. The torque of the engine is distributed to the rear wheels to the maximum extent possible in accordance with driving conditions. Pressing the switch again cancels all-wheel drive lock mode and returns the Dynamic Torque Control AWD system to normal mode. (→P. 332) ■ All-wheel drive lock mode can be operated when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ All-wheel drive lock mode ● All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the brakes are applied to ensure the ABS and VSC systems operate effectively. ● All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 331 Driving assist systems To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle. ◆ ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface ◆ Brake assist Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning on slippery road surfaces ◆ Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control) Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS. Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery road surfaces by controlling steering performance. ◆ Trailer Sway Control Helps the driver to control trailer sway by selectively applying brake pressure for individual wheels and reducing driving torque when trailer sway is detected. ◆ TRAC (Traction Control) Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads ◆ Hill-start assist control Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when starting on an uphill HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving ◆ VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) 4 332 4-5. Using the driving support systems ◆ Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models) Automatically switches from front-wheel drive to all-wheel drive (AWD) according to the driving conditions, helping to ensure reliable handling and stability. Examples of conditions where the system will switch to AWD are when cornering, going uphill, starting off or accelerating, and when the road surface is slippery due to snow, rain, etc. ◆ EPS (Electric Power Steering) Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn the steering wheel HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 333 When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating The slip indicator light will flash while the TRAC/VSC systems are operating. Disabling the TRAC system If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order to free it. 4 To turn the TRAC system off, Driving quickly press and release . “Traction Control Turned Off” will be shown on the multi-information display. Press again to turn the system back on. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 334 4-5. Using the driving support systems ■ Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3 seconds while the vehicle is stopped. The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and “Traction Control Turned Off” will be shown on the multi-information display.* Press again to turn the systems back on. *: Pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision braking will also be disabled. (→P. 274) ■ When the message is displayed on the multi-information display showing that TRAC has been disabled even if switch has not been pressed TRAC cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota dealer. ■ Operating conditions of hill-start assist control When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will operate: ● The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/ backward on an upward incline). ● The vehicle is stopped. ● The accelerator pedal is not depressed. ● The parking brake is not engaged. ■ Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations: ● The shift lever is moved to P or N. ● The accelerator pedal is depressed. ● The parking brake is engaged. ● Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released. ■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and hill-start assist control systems ● A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems. ● Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred. • Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. • A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop. • The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated. • The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 335 ■ EPS operation sound When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction. ■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically re-enabled in the following situations: ● Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned off ● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle speed increases If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will not occur when vehicle speed increases. ■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes. ■ The ABS does not operate effectively when ● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as excessively worn tires on a snow covered road). ● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads. ■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of normal conditions The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the following situations: ● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads ● When driving with tire chains ● When driving over bumps in the road ● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving WARNING 4 336 4-5. Using the driving support systems WARNING ■ TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating. Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be lost. ■ Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when ● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice. ● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may lead to an accident. ■ When the VSC is activated The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes. ■ When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary. Trailer Sway Control is part of the VSC system and will not operate if VSC turned off or experiences a malfunction. ■ Replacing tires Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the recommended tire inflation pressure level. The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires are installed on the vehicle. Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or wheels. ■ Handling of tires and the suspension Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-5. Using the driving support systems 337 Downhill assist control system (AWD models) The downhill assist control system helps to prevent excessive speed on steep downhill slopes. The system will operate when the vehicle is traveling under 18 mph (30 km/h). ■ Activating the downhill assist control system Press the “DAC” switch. The downhill assist control system indicator will come on to indicate that the downhill assist control system is activated. Pressing the switch again turns the system off. The slip indicator will flash to indicate that the downhill assist control system is operating, and the stop lights and high mounted stoplight will turn on. ■ If the downhill assist control system indicator flashes ● In the following situations, the indicator flashes and the system will not operate: • The shift lever is in P. • The accelerator or brake pedal is depressed. • The vehicle speed exceeds approximately 18 mph (30 km/h). • The brake system overheats. The system will cease operation. At this time, a buzzer sounds, the downhill assist control system indicator flashes and “Traction Control Turned Off” is shown on the multi-information display. Refrain from using the system until the downhill assist control system indicator stays on and “Traction Control Turned Off” displayed on the multi-information display goes out. (The vehicle can be driven normally during this time.) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving While the downhill assist control system is operating 4 338 4-5. Using the driving support systems ● In the following situations, the indicator flashes to alert the driver, but the system will operate: • The shift lever is in N. • The “DAC” switch is turned off while the system is operating. The system will gradually ceases operation. The indicator will flash during operation, and then go off when the system is fully off. ■ Downhill assist control system operation sound ● A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in downhill assist control system. ● Either of the following conditions may occur when the downhill assist control system is operating. None of these are indicators that a malfunction has occurred. • Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. • A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop. ■ If the slip indicator comes on It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer. WARNING ■ When using downhill assist control system Do not rely overmuch on the downhill assist control system. This function does not extend the vehicle’s performance limitations. Always thoroughly check the road conditions, and drive safely. ■ The system may not operate on the following surfaces, which may lead to an accident causing death or serious injury ● Slippery surfaces such as wet or muddy roads ● Icy surface ● Unpaved roads ■ Do not shift the shift lever to R while driving forward, or to D while driving backward. Doing so may cause the wheels to lock up, leading to an accident causing death or serious injury. In addition, excessive stress will be applied to the automatic transmission, possibly resulting in damage. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-6. Driving tips 339 Winter driving tips Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions. Preparation for winter ● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures. • Engine oil • Engine coolant • Washer fluid ● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery. ● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire chains for the front tires. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Driving Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match the size of the tires. 4 340 4-6. Driving tips Before driving the vehicle Perform the following according to the driving conditions: ● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing. ● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan, remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in front of the windshield. ● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the tires or on the brakes. ● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before getting in the vehicle. When driving the vehicle Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road conditions. When parking the vehicle ● Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, make sure to block the wheels. Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident. ● If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P*. *: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-6. Driving tips 341 Selecting tire chains Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains. Chain size is regulated for each tire size. Side chain: 1 0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter 2 0.39 in. (10 mm) in width 3 1.18 in. (30 mm) in length Cross chain: 4 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter 5 0.55 in. (14 mm) in width 6 0.98 in. (25 mm) in length Regulations on the use of tire chains ■ Tire chain installation Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains: ● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location. ● Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires. ● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after driving 1/4 ⎯ 1/2 mile (0.5 ⎯ 1.0 km). ● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains. 342 4-6. Driving tips WARNING ■ Driving with snow tires Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury. ● Use tires of the size specified. ● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure. ● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of snow tires being used. ● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels. ■ Driving with tire chains Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely, and may cause death or serious injury. ● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower. ● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes. ● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting operations that cause sudden engine braking. ● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained. ● Do not use LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system. NOTICE ■ Repairing or replacing snow tires Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legitimate tire retailers. This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters. ■ Fitting tire chains The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fitted. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-6. Driving tips 343 Utility vehicle precautions This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its center of gravity. Utility vehicle feature WARNING ■ Utility vehicle precautions Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, serious injury or damage to your vehicle: ● In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers should always fasten their seat belts. ● Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. ● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped) will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly. ● Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control. ● Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle) can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ● Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. ● An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems. ● It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp turns at excessive speeds may cause the vehicle to rollover. 344 4-6. Driving tips Off-road driving Your vehicle is not designed to be driven off-road. However, in the event that off-road driving cannot be avoided, please observe the following precautions to help avoid the areas prohibited to vehicles. ● Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permitted to travel. ● Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering private property. ● Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs that restrict travel. ● Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to roads. ● AWD models: Avoid driving on very steep, slippery roads and other surfaces, such as sand, where the tires are liable to lose traction. Your vehicle may not perform as well as conventional AWD on-road vehicles on these surfaces. ■ Additional information for off-road driving  For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico: To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road, consult the following organizations. ● State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments ● State Motor Vehicle Bureau ● Recreational Vehicle Clubs ● U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-6. Driving tips 345 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4 Driving ■ Off-road driving precautions Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, serious injury or damage to your vehicle: ● Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving in dangerous places. ● Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim. ● Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in sand, mud, water or snow. ● After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody, a breakdown or fire could occur. ● When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis. 346 4-6. Driving tips NOTICE ■ To prevent water damage Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the engine or other components does not occur. ● Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage. ● Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage. ● Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities. ■ When you drive through water If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check the depth of the water and the bottom of the riverbed for firmness. Drive slowly and avoid deep water. ■ Inspection after off-road driving ● Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system components. ● Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 4-6. Driving tips 347 4 Driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 348 Audio system 5 5-1. Basic Operations Audio system types........... 350 Entune Audio .................... 351 Steering wheel audio switches .......................... 354 AUX Port/USB Port ........... 355 Basic audio operations ....................... 356 5-2. Setup Setup menu....................... 358 General settings................ 359 Audio settings ................... 360 Display settings................. 361 Voice settings.................... 362 5-3. Using Entune Audio Selecting the audio source ............................. 363 List screen operation......... 364 Optimal use of Entune Audio............................... 366 5-4. Using the radio Radio operation................. 367 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs CD player operation .......... 369 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 349 Audio system 5-6. Using an external device Listening to an iPod .......... 375 Listening to a USB memory device................ 379 Using the AUX port ........... 383 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Preparations to use wireless communication................ 384 Registering a Bluetooth® audio player for the first time .......................... 388 Registering a Bluetooth® phone for the first time .......................... 389 Registering a Bluetooth® device.............................. 390 Connecting a Bluetooth® device.............................. 392 Displaying a Bluetooth® device details .................. 394 Detailed Bluetooth® system settings ............... 395 5-8. Bluetooth® Audio Listening to Bluetooth® Audio............................... 396 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Using a Bluetooth® Phone ............................. 397 Making a call ..................... 399 Receiving a call................. 402 Speaking on the phone .............................. 403 Bluetooth® phone message function............ 406 Using the steering wheel switches................ 410 Bluetooth® phone settings ........................... 411 Contact/Call History Settings ........................... 412 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)............ 421 5-10. Bluetooth® Bluetooth® ......................... 425 5-11. Using the voice command system Voice command system ............................ 429 350 5-1. Basic Operations Audio system types  Entune Audio →P. 351  Entune Audio Plus/Entune Premium Audio For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”. ■ Using cellular phones Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is operating. ■ About Bluetooth® The Bluetooth wordmark and logo are owned by Bluetooth SIG. and permission has been granted to use the trademark of the licensee Panasonic Corporation. Other trademarks and trade names are owned by various different owners. NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is off. ■ To avoid damaging the audio system Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-1. Basic Operations 351 Entune Audio∗ Operations such as listening to audio, using the hands-free phone, confirming vehicle information and changing Entune Audio settings are started by using the following buttons. Entune Audio operation buttons button Press this button to access the Bluetooth® hands-free system. (→P. 397) “AUDIO” button Display the “Select Audio Source” screen or audio top screen. (→P. 363) 5 Audio system “SETUP” button Press this button to customize the function settings. (→P. 358) “CAR” button Press this button to access the vehicle information. (→P. 103) ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 352 5-1. Basic Operations Operating the touch screen By touching the screen with your finger, you can control Entune Audio, etc. ■ Drag* Touch the screen with your finger, and move the screen to the desired position. ● Scrolling the lists ■ Flick* Touch the screen with your finger and quickly move the screen by flicking your finger. ● Scrolling the main screen page *: The above operations may not be performed on all screens. ■ Capacitive touch switches The control panel uses capacitive touch sensors. ● In the following cases, incorrect operation or non-response may occur. • If the operating section is dirty or has liquid attached to it, incorrect operation or non-response may occur. • If the operating section receives electromagnetic waves, incorrect operation or non-response may occur. • If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur. • If fingernails are used to operate the system, non-response may occur. • If a touch pen is used to operate the system, non-response may occur. • If the palm of your hand touches the operating section during operation, incorrect operation may occur. • If the palm of your hand touches the operating section, incorrect operation may occur. • If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur. ● Please do not reach your hand to the part of button when Entune Audio turn on. Because the button may become unresponsive for a while. But it will be back to normal for a given time even if Entune Audio turned on under the condition. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-1. Basic Operations 353 ■ When using the touch screen ● If the screen is cold, the display may be dark, or the system may seem to be operating slightly slower than normal. ● The screen may seem dark and hard to see when viewed through sunglasses. Change your angle of viewing, adjust the display on the “Display Settings” screen (→P. 361) or remove your sunglasses. ● Flick operations may not be performed smoothly in high altitudes. NOTICE ■ To avoid damaging the touch screen ● To prevent damaging the screen, lightly touch the screen buttons with your finger. ● Do not use objects other than your finger to touch the screen. ● Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use chemical cleaners to clean the screen, as they may damage the touch screen. 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 354 5-1. Basic Operations Steering wheel audio switches Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on the steering wheel. Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with the audio system or navigation system. Operating the audio system using the steering wheel switches 1 Volume switch • Increases/decreases volume • Press and hold: Continuously increases/decreases volume 12 Cursor switch (“∧” and “∨”) • Selects (radio stations/radio presets/tracks/files/songs) • Press and hold: Fast up/ down (radio stations) • Fast up/down (tracks/files) 3 “MODE/HOLD” switch • Changes audio source • Press and hold this switch to mute or pause the current operation To cancel the mute or pause, press and hold. WARNING ■ To reduce the risk of an accident Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-1. Basic Operations 355 AUX Port/USB Port Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Select “iPod”, “USB” or “AUX” on the audio source selection screen and the device can be operated via audio system. Connecting using the AUX port/USB port ■ iPod Open the cover and connect an iPod using an iPod cable. Turn on the power of the iPod if it is not turned on. 5 ■ USB memory Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on. ■ Portable audio player Open the cover and connect the portable audio player. Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on. WARNING ■ While driving Do not connect a device or operate the device controls. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system Open the cover and connect the USB memory device. 356 5-1. Basic Operations Basic audio operations Basic audio operations and functions common to each mode are explained in this section. Operating Entune Audio Press this knob to turn Entune Audio on and off, and turn it to adjust the volume. Press this button to eject a disc Turn this knob to select radio station bands, tracks and files. Also the knob can be used to select items in the list display. Insert a disc into the disc slot Press to pause or resume playing music. Press the “∧” or “∨” button to seek up or down for a radio station, or to access a desired track or file. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-1. Basic Operations 357 Random playback Select to change on/off. Repeat play Select to change on/off. ■ Using cellular phones Interference may be heard through Entune Audio's speakers if a cellular phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while Entune Audio is operating. NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave Entune Audio on longer than necessary when the engine is off. ■ To avoid damaging Entune Audio Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on Entune Audio. 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 358 5-2. Setup Setup menu You can adjust Entune Audio to your desired settings. Display “Setup” screen Press the “SETUP” button to display the “Setup” screen. 1 Select to adjust the settings for operation sounds, screen animation, etc. (→P. 359) 2 Select to set the voice settings. (→P. 362) 3 Select to adjust the settings for contrast and brightness of the screen. (→P. 361) 4 Select to adjust the settings for registering, removing, connecting and disconnecting Bluetooth® devices. (→P. 395) 5 Select to adjust the settings for phone sound, contact, message, etc. (→P. 411) 6 Select to set audio settings. (→P. 360) 7 Select to turn the screen off. 8 Select to set the vehicle customization. (→P. 680) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-2. Setup 359 General settings Settings are available for adjusting the operation sounds, screen animation, etc. Screen for general settings 1 Press the “SETUP” button. 2 Select “General” on the “Setup” ■ To return to the default volume settings Select “Default”, and then “Yes”. Delete personal data 1 Select “Delete Personal Data” on the “General Settings” screen. 2 Select “Delete”. Check carefully beforehand, as data cannot be retrieved once deleted. 3 A confirmation screen will be displayed. Select “Yes”. The following personal data will be deleted or changed to its default settings. • General settings • Audio settings • Phone settings HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system screen. “Français” or 1 “English”, “Español” can be selected. 2 On/off can be selected to sound beeps. 3 Select to change the screen color. 4 Select to change the keyboard layout. 5 Select to change the capacitive touch button sensor sensitivity. 6 The animation effect for the screen can be set to on/off. 7 Select to delete personal data (→P. 359) 8 Select to update program versions. For details, contact your Toyota dealer. 9 Select to display the software information. Notices related to third party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes instructions for obtaining such software, where applicable.) 360 5-2. Setup Audio settings Settings are available for adjusting the radio operation, cover art, etc. Screen for audio settings 1 Press the “SETUP” button. 2 Select “Audio” on the “Setup” screen. 1 Number of Radio Presets Select the number of radio preset stations. 2 Display Cover Art on/off 3 Automatic Sound Levelizer (→P. 360) Automatic sound leveliser (ASL) 1 Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”. 2 Select “High”, “Mid”, “Low” or “Off”. ■ About Automatic Sound Leveliser (ASL) ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the vehicle speed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-2. Setup 361 Display settings Settings are available for adjusting the contrast and brightness of the screen. Screen for display settings 1 Press the “SETUP” button. 2 Select “Display” on the “Setup” screen. 1 Adjust screen contrast/bright- ness 2 Adjust screen contrast/bright- ness of the rear view monitor camera 3 Changes to day mode. Adjusting the screen contrast/brightness 2 Adjust the display as desired by selecting “+” or “-”. Day mode When the headlights are turned on, the screen dims. However, the screen can be switched to day mode by selecting “Day Mode”. The screen will stay in day mode when the headlights are turned on until “Day Mode” is selected again. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 1 Select “General” or “Camera” on the “Display Settings” screen. 5 362 5-2. Setup Voice settings This screen is used for guidance for voice command systems setting. 1 Adjust the voice guidance vol- ume setting. 2 Set the voice recognition prompts “High”, “Low” or “Off”. 3 Set the train voice recognition. 4 Set the voice prompt interrupt on/off. 5 Set the voice recognition tuto- rial. ■ To return to the default volume settings Select “Default”, and then “Yes”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-3. Using Entune Audio 363 Selecting the audio source Switching between audio sources such as radio and CD are explained in this section. Changing audio source 1 Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio source selection screen. If the audio source selection screen is not displayed, press the “AUDIO” button again. 2 Select the desired audio source. 1 Select the desired source then or reorder. audio to 5 The audio source changes as follows each time the “MODE/HOLD” switch is pressed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system Using the steering wheel switches to change audio source 364 5-3. Using Entune Audio List screen operation When a list screen is displayed, use the appropriate buttons to scroll through the list. How to scroll : Select to scroll to the next or previous page. : If appears to the right of titles, the complete titles are too long for the display. Select this button to scroll the title. Turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob to move the cursor box to select a desired item from the list, and press the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob to play it. The track that is being played is highlighted. To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-3. Using Entune Audio 365 Selecting, fast-forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs ■ Selecting a track/file/song Press the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK” or turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob to select the desired track/file/song number. To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK”. ■ Selecting a track/file/song from the track/file/song list 1 Select “Browse” or cover art. 2 Select the desired play mode. (USB and iPod) 3 Select the desired track/file/ song. 5 According to the audio device, the following is displayed. Audio source List name Audio CD Track MP3/WMA/AAC disc Folder, File Bluetooth ® Album, Track USB Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres, Composers iPod Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres, Composers, Audiobooks, Videos HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system When an MP3/WMA/AAC disc or USB memory device is being used, the folder can be selected. When a Bluetooth® device or iPod is being used, the album can be selected. 366 5-3. Using Entune Audio Optimal use of Entune Audio On the “Sound Settings” screen, sound quality (Treble/Mid/ Bass), volume balance can be adjusted. How to adjust the sound settings and sound quality 1 2 3 Select “-” or “+” to adjust the treble, mid or bass to a level between -5 and 5. 4 5 Select “Front” or “Rear” to adjust the front/rear audio balance. 6 7 Select “L” or “R” to adjust the left/right audio balance. ■ The sound quality level is adjusted individually The treble, mid and bass levels can be adjusted for each audio mode separately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-4. Using the radio 367 Radio operation Select “AM” or “FM” on the audio source selection screen to begin listening to the radio. Audio control screen Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from any screens of the selected source. 1 Audio source selection screen appears 2 Preset stations 3 Select to display RBDS text messages* 4 Scanning for receivable station 5 Select to display a list of receiv- able stations 6 Setting the sound (→P. 366) Selecting a station Tune in to the desired station using one of the following methods. ■ Seek tuning Press the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK”. The radio will begin seeking up or down for a station of the nearest frequency and will stop when a station is found. ■ Manual tuning Turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob. ■ Preset stations Select the desired preset station. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system *: FM only 5 368 5-4. Using the radio Setting station presets 1 Search for desired stations by turning the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob or pressing the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK”. 2 Select “(add new)”. To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset station. 3 Select “Yes”. 4 Select “OK” after setting the new preset station. ■ Refreshing the station list 1 Select “Refresh” on the “Station List” screen. To cancel the refresh, select “Cancel Refresh”. ■ Reception sensitivity ● Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc. ● The radio antenna is mounted inside the rear quarter window. To maintain clear radio reception, do not attach metallic window tinting or other metallic objects to the antenna wire mounted inside the rear window. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs 369 CD player operation Insert disc or select “CD” on the audio source selection screen with a disc inserted to begin listening to a CD. Audio control screen Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from any screens of the selected source. 1 Audio source selection screen appears 2 Displaying the track/file list  5 MP3/WMA/AAC 3 Random playback (→P. 357) 4 Repeat play (→P. 357) 5 Pause Select to resume play 6 Setting the sound (→P. 366) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system Displaying the folder list 370 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs ■ Displaying the title and artist name If a CD-TEXT disc is inserted, the title of the disc and track will be displayed. ■ Error messages If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your Toyota dealer. Message Cause Correction procedures “Check DISC” • The disc is dirty or • Clean the disc. • Insert the disc cordamaged. rectly. • The disc is inserted • Confirm the disc is upside down. playable with the • The disc is not playplayer. able with the player. “Disc Error” There is a malfunction Eject the disc. within the system. “No music files found.” No playable data is Eject the disc. included on the disc. ■ Discs that can be used Discs with the marks shown below can be used. Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration. CDs with copy-protection features may not play correctly. ■ CD player protection feature To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a problem is detected. ■ If a disc is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for extended periods Disc may be damaged and may not play properly. ■ Lens cleaners Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs 371 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ■ MP3, WMA and AAC files MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format. Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using MP3 compression. WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format. AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4. MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited. ● MP3 file compatibility • Compatible standards MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3) • Compatible sampling frequencies MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR) MPEG1 LAYER3: 32-320 (kbps) MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8-160 (kbps) • Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and monaural ● WMA file compatibility • Compatible standards WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 (only compatible with Windows Media Audio Standard) • Compatible sampling frequencies 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback) Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48-192 (kbps) Ver. 9: CBR 48-320 (kbps) 372 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs ● AAC file compatibility • Compatible standards MPEG4/AAC-LC • Compatible sampling frequencies 11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates 16-320 (kbps) Compatible channel modes: 1ch and 2ch ● Compatible media Media that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback are CD-Rs and CD-RWs. Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or CD-RW is not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the audio may jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints. ● Compatible disc formats The following disc formats can be used. • Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2 CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2 • File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet) UDF (2.01 or lower) MP3, WMA and AAC files written in any format other than those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be displayed correctly. Items related to standards and limitations are as follows. • Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels (including the root) • Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters • Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root) • Maximum number of files per disc: 255 ● File names The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a. ● Discs containing multi-session recordings As Entune Audio is compatible with multi session discs, it is possible to play discs that contain MP3, WMA and AAC files. However, only the first session can be played. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs 373 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ● ID3, WMA and AAC tags ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track title, artist name, etc. The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.) WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags. AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags. ● MP3, WMA and AAC playback When a disc containing MP3, WMA or AAC files is inserted, all files on the disc are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3, WMA or AAC file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you do not write any files to the disc other than MP3, WMA or AAC files or create any unnecessary folders. Discs that contain a mixture of music data and MP3, WMA or AAC format data cannot be played. ● Extensions If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than MP3, WMA and AAC files, they may be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3, WMA and AAC files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage to the speakers. ● Playback • To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz. • CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances, depending on the characteristics of the disc. • There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3, WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all. • When files other than MP3, WMA or AAC files are recorded on a disc, it may take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may not be possible at all. • Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries. 374 5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs NOTICE ■ Discs and adapters that cannot be used Do not use the following types of CDs. Also, do not use 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters, Dual Discs or printable discs. Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function. ● Discs that have a diameter that is not 4.7 in. (12 cm). ● Low-quality or deformed discs. ● Discs with a transparent or translucent recording area. ● Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R labels attached to them, or that have had the label peeled off. ■ Player precautions Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or the player itself. ● Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot. ● Do not apply oil to the player. ● Store discs away from direct sunlight. ● Never try to disassemble any part of the player. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-6. Using an external device 375 Listening to an iPod Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle speakers. Select “iPod” on the audio source selection screen. When the iPod connected to the system includes iPod video, the system can only output the sound by selecting the browse screen. Connecting an iPod →P. 355 Audio control screen Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from any screens of the selected source. 1 Audio source selection screen appears 3 Selecting the play mode (→P. 375) 4 Shuffle play (→P. 375) 5 Repeat play (→P. 375) 6 Pause Select to resume playback 7 Setting the sound (→P. 366) Selecting a play mode 1 Select “Browse” on the screen. 2 Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using the selected play mode. Shuffle play Select to change on/off. Repeat play Select to change on/off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 2 Displays cover art 5 376 5-6. Using an external device ■ About iPod ● “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. ● Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance. ● iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc. ■ iPod cover art ● Depending on the iPod and songs in the iPod, iPod cover art may be displayed. ● This function can be changed to on/off. (→P. 360) ● It may take time to display iPod cover art, and the iPod may not be operated while the cover art display is in process. ● Only iPod cover art that is saved in JPEG format can be displayed. ■ iPod functions ● When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode, the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used. ● Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and reconnecting it may resolve the problem. ● While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle's Entune Audio instead. ● When the battery level of an iPod is very low, the iPod may not operate. If so, charge the iPod before use. ● Compatible models (→P. 378) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-6. Using an external device 377 ■ iPod problems To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it. For instructions on how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner's Manual. ■ Error messages Message Cause/Correction procedures “Connection error. Please consult your Owner’s Man- This indicates a problem in the iPod or its conual for instructions on how nection. to connect the iPod.” “No music files found.” This indicates that there is no music data in the iPod. “No videos found.” This indicates that no video files are included in the iPod. “There are no songs available for playback. Please This indicates that songs are not found in a add compatible files to selected playlist. your iPod.” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system This indicates that the display Entune Audio “iPod authorization unsucfailed to authorize the iPod. cessful.” Please check your iPod. 378 5-6. Using an external device ■ Compatible models The following iPod®, iPod nano®, iPod classic®, iPod touch® and iPhone® devices can be used with this system. ● Made for • iPod touch (5th generation) • iPod touch (4th generation) • iPod touch (3rd generation) • iPod touch (2nd generation) • iPod touch (1st generation) • iPod classic • iPod with video • iPod nano (7th generation) • iPod nano (6th generation) • iPod nano (5th generation) • iPod nano (4th generation) • iPod nano (3rd generation) • iPod nano (2nd generation) • iPod nano (1st generation) • iPhone 5s • iPhone 5c • iPhone 5 • iPhone 4s • iPhone 4 • iPhone 3GS • iPhone 3G • iPhone Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some models might be incompatible with this system. WARNING ■ While driving Do not connect an iPod or operate the controls. NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the iPod or its terminals ● Do not leave the iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to the iPod. ● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is connected. ● Do not insert foreign objects into the port. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-6. Using an external device 379 Listening to a USB memory device Connecting a USB memory device enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle speakers. Touch “USB” on the audio source selection screen. Connecting a USB memory device →P. 355 Audio control screen Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from any screens of the selected source. 1 Audio source selection screen appears 2 Displays cover art 3 Selecting the play mode (→P. 379) 5 Repeat play (→P. 357) 6 Pause Select to resume playback 7 Setting the sound (→P. 366) Selecting a play mode 1 Select “Browse” on the screen. 2 Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using the selected play mode. ■ Displaying the now playing list Touch the cover art display. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 4 Random playback (→P. 357) 5 380 5-6. Using an external device ■ USB memory functions ● Depending on the USB memory device that is connected to the system, the device itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be available. If the device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and reconnecting it may resolve the problem. ● If the USB memory device still does not begin operation after being disconnected and reconnected, format the memory. ■ Error messages for USB memory Message Cause/Correction procedures “Connection error. Please consult your Owner’s Man- This indicates a problem with the USB memual for instructions on how ory device or its connection. to connect the USB device.” No music files found. This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files are included on the USB memory device. ■ USB memory ● Compatible devices USB memory device that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback. ● Compatible device formats The following device format can be used: • USB communication format: USB2.0 HS (480Mbps) and FS (12 Mbps) • File system format: FAT16/32 (Windows) • Correspondence class: Mass storage class MP3, WMA and AAC files written to a device with any format other than those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be displayed correctly. Items related to standards and limitations are as follows: • Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels • Maximum number of folders in a device: 3000 (including the root) • Maximum number of files in a device: 9999 • Maximum number of files per folder: 255 ● MP3, WMA and AAC files MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format. Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using MP3 compression. WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format. AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4. MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-6. Using an external device 381 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ● MP3 file compatibility • Compatible standards MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III) • Compatible sampling frequencies MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR) MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps) MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 8-160 (kbps) • Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and monaural ● WMA file compatibility • Compatible standards WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 • Compatible sampling frequencies HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates HIGH PROFILE 48-320 (kbps, VBR) ● AAC file compatibility • Compatible standards MPEG4/AAC-LC • Compatible sampling frequencies 11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz) • Compatible bit rates 16-320 (kbps) • Compatible channel modes: 1 ch and 2 ch ● File names The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a. ● ID3, WMA and AAC tags ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track title, artist name, etc. The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.) WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags. AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags. 382 5-6. Using an external device ● MP3, WMA and AAC playback • When a device containing MP3, WMA and AAC files is connected, all files in the USB memory device are checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3, WMA and AAC file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend that you do not include any files other than MP3, WMA and AAC files or create any unnecessary folders. • When a USB memory device is connected and the audio source is changed to USB memory mode, the USB memory device will start playing the first file in the first folder. If the same device is removed and reconnected (and the con- tents have not been changed), the USB memory device will resume play from the same point in which it was last used. ● Extensions If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than MP3, WMA and AAC files, they will be skipped (not played). ● Playback • To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz. • There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3, WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all. • Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries. WARNING ■ While driving Do not connect a USB memory device or operate the device controls. NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the USB memory device or its terminals ● Do not leave the USB memory device in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to the USB memory device. ● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory device while it is connected. ● Do not insert foreign objects into the port. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-6. Using an external device 383 Using the AUX port To use the AUX port, connect a portable player, press the “AUDIO” button, then select “AUX” to display the audio control screen. Connecting a portable audio player →P. 355 ■ Operating portable audio players connected to Entune Audio The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle's audio controls. All other adjustments must be made on the portable audio player itself. ■ When using a portable audio player connected to the power outlet Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable audio player. WARNING ■ While driving Do not connect a portable audio player or operate the device controls. 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 384 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Preparations to use wireless communication The following can be performed using Bluetooth® wireless communication: ■ A portable audio player can be operated and listened to via Entune Audio ■ Hands-free phone calls can be made via a cellular phone In order to use wireless communication, register and connect a Bluetooth® device by performing the following procedures. ■ About Bluetooth® The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by PIONEER CORPORATION is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 385 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ■ Certifications for the Bluetooth (caution) FCC ID: AJDK068 • This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device. • RF Exposure Compliance: This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from person's body. • Co-location: This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. • Information to User - Alteration or modifications carried out without appropriate authorization may invalidate the user's right to operate the equipment. IC ID: 775E-K068 • This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux la partie 15 des règles de la FCC et CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. • This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from person's body. Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles les radioélectriques (RF) de la FCC lignes directrices d'exposition et d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF) CNR-102 de I'IC. Cet équipement émet une énergie RF très faible qui est considérée conforme sans évaluation de l’exposition maximale autorisée. Cependant, cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps. 386 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Device registration/connection flow 1. Register the Bluetooth® device to be used with Entune Audio (→P. 388, 389, 390) 2. Connect the Bluetooth® device to be used (→P. 392) To be used for audio To be used for hands-free phone 3. Start Bluetooth® connection (→P. 392) 3. Start Bluetooth® connection (→P. 392) 4. Check connection status (→P. 396) 4. Check connection status (→P. 398) 5. Use Bluetooth® audio (→P. 396) 5. Use Bluetooth® phone (→P. 397) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 387 Registering and connecting from the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button and select “Bluetooth*” on the “Setup” screen. 1 Select to connect the device to be used with Entune Audio. (→P. 392) ® 2 Select to register a Bluetooth device to be used with Entune Audio. (→P. 390) 3 Select to set Bluetooth® system (→P. 395) detailed settings. 4 Select to delete registered devices. (→P. 391) *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 388 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Registering a Bluetooth® audio player for the first time To use the Bluetooth® Audio, it is necessary to register an audio player with the system. Once the player has been registered, it is possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio. For details about registering a Bluetooth® device (→P. 390) ® 1 Turn the Bluetooth connection setting of your audio player on. 2 Press the “AUDIO” button. 3 Select “ Audio”. 4 Select “Select Device”. ® 5 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from step 2 . (→P. 390) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 389 Registering a Bluetooth® phone for the first time To use the hands-free system, it is necessary to register a Bluetooth® phone with the system. Once the phone has been registered, it is possible to use the hands-free system. For details about registering a Bluetooth® device (→P. 390) ® 1 Turn the Bluetooth connection setting of your cellular phone on. 2 Press the “ ” button. 3 Select “OK” to register a phone. ® 4 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from step 3 . (→P. 390) 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 390 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Registering a Bluetooth® device Bluetooth® compatible phones (HFP) and portable audio players (AVP) can be registered simultaneously. You can register up to 5 Bluetooth® devices. How to registering a Bluetooth® device 1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 387) 2 Select “Add”. 3 When this screen is displayed, search for the device name displayed on this screen on the screen of your Bluetooth® device. For details about operating the Bluetooth® device, see the manual that comes with it. To cancel the registration, select “Cancel”. ® ® 4 Register the Bluetooth device using your Bluetooth device. A PIN-code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible Bluetooth® devices. Depending on the type of Bluetooth® device being connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the Bluetooth® device’s screen. Respond and operate the Bluetooth® device according to the confirmation message. 5 Check that this screen is dis- played when complete. registration is *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 391 6 Select “OK” when the connection status changes from “Connect- ing...” to “Connected”. If an error message is displayed, follow the guidance on the screen to try again. Registration can be performed from screens other than the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. ■ When registering from the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen 1 Display the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. (→P. 363) 2 Select “Select Device”. ® 3 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from step 2 . (→P. 390) *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Deleting a Bluetooth® device 1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 387) 2 Select “Remove”. 3 Select the desired device. 5 4 A confirmation message will be displayed, select “Yes” to delete the 5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete. *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system device. 392 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Connecting a Bluetooth® device Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices (Phones [HFP] and audio players [AVP]) can be registered. If more than 1 Bluetooth® device has been registered, select which device to connect to. 1 Press the “SETUP” button. 2 Select “Bluetooth*”. 3 Select the device to be con- nected. Supported profile icons will be displayed. 1 Phone 2 Audio player Supported profile icons for currently connected devices will illuminate. Dimmed icons can be selected to connect to the function directly. *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Auto connection To turn auto connection mode on, set “Bluetooth* Power” to on. (→P. 395) When you register a phone, auto connection will be activated. Always set it to this mode and leave the Bluetooth® phone in a place where a connection can be established. When Entune Audio is turned to on, the system will search for a nearby cellular phone you have registered. Next, the system automatically connects with the most recent of the phones connected to in the past. Then, the connection result is displayed. *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 393 Manual connection When auto connection has failed or “Bluetooth* Power” is turned off, you must connect the Bluetooth® device manually. ® 1 Follow the steps in “Connecting a Bluetooth device” from step 1 . (→P. 392) *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Connecting a Bluetooth® audio player  Registering an additional device ® 1 Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth audio control screen. 2 For more information: →P. 390  Selecting a registered device ® 1 Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth audio control screen. 2 For more information: →P. 392 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ■ Reconnecting a Bluetooth® phone If the system cannot connect due to poor signal strength, the system will automatically attempt to reconnect. If the system is attempting to connect to a Bluetooth® phone and the Bluetooth® phone is turned off and then back on, the system will attempt to reconnect. 394 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® Displaying a Bluetooth® device details You can confirm and change the registered device details. Bluetooth® device registration status 1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 387) 2 Select the device. 3 Select “Device Info”. 4 Following screen is displayed: 1 Change device Name 2 Change connection method (→P. 394) 3 Bluetooth* Address 4 Display your telephone num- ber The number may not be displayed depending on the model of phone. 5 Compatibility profile of the device 6 Restore default settings *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Changing connection method 1 Select “Connect Audio Player from”. 2 Select “Vehicle” or “Device”. “Vehicle”: Connect Entune Audio to the portable audio player. “Device”: Connect the portable audio player to Entune Audio HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-7. Connecting Bluetooth® 395 Detailed Bluetooth® system settings You can confirm and change the detailed Bluetooth® settings. How to check and change detailed Bluetooth® settings 1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 387) 2 Select “System Settings”. 3 The following screen is displayed: 1 Bluetooth* Power on/off You can change Bluetooth® function on/off 2 Change Bluetooth* Name 3 Change PIN-code (→P. 395) 4 Bluetooth* Address 5 Display Phone Status Select to set the phone connection status display on/off. Select to set the connection status display of the audio player on/off. 7 Compatibility profile of the system 8 Restore default settings *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Editing the Bluetooth* PIN You can change the PIN-code that is used to register your Bluetooth® devices in the system. 1 Select “Bluetooth* PIN”. 2 Input a PIN-code, and select “OK”. *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 6 Display Audio Player Status 5 396 5-8. Bluetooth® Audio Listening to Bluetooth® Audio The Bluetooth® audio system enables the user to enjoy music played on a portable player from the vehicle speakers via wireless communication. When a Bluetooth® device cannot be connected, check the connection status on the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. If the device is not connected, either register or reconnect the device. (→P. 392) *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Status display You can check such indicators as signal strength and battery charge on the screen. 1 Connection status 2 Battery charge Indicators Conditions Connection status Battery charge Good Not connected Full Empty Playing Bluetooth® audio Select or to Play/Pause. For details on “Bluetooth* Audio” screen operation methods, refer to Basic Audio Operations. (→P. 356) For details on how to select a track or album, refer to selecting, fastforwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs. (→P. 365) *: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 397 Using a Bluetooth® Phone The hands-free system is a function that allows you to use your cellular phone without touching it. This system supports Bluetooth®. Bluetooth® is a wireless data system that allows the cellular phone to wirelessly connect to the hands-free system and make/receive calls. Before making a phone call, check the connection status, battery charge, call area and signal strength. (→P. 398) If a Bluetooth® device cannot be connected, check the connection status on the phone screen. If the device is not connected, either register or reconnect it. (→P. 392) Phone screen To display the screen shown below, press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or the button. Several functions are available to operate on each screen that is displayed by selecting the 4 tabs. 5 1 Device name Audio system ® 2 Bluetooth connection status HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 398 5-9. Bluetooth® phone ■ Telephone switch (→P. 410) ■ Microphone The vehicle’s built in microphone is used when talking on the phone. The person you are speaking to can be heard from the front speakers. To use the hands-free system, you must register your ® Bluetooth phone in the system. (→P. 390) Status display You can check indicators such as signal strength and battery charge on the phone screen. 1 Connection status 2 Signal strength 3 Battery charge Indicators Connection status Battery charge Conditions Good HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Not connected Full Empty “Rm”: Roaming area Call area Signal strength Poor Excellent Poor 399 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Making a call Once a Bluetooth® phone is registered, you can make a call using the following procedure: Dialing 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Dial Pad” tab and enter a phone number. To delete the input phone number, select . For the first digit, you can enter “+” by selecting “∗” for a while. 3 Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or select . Dialing from the contacts list You can dial a number from the contact data imported from your cellular phone. The system has one contact for each registered phone. Up to 2500 contacts may be stored in each contact. (→P. 399) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 5 2 Select “Contacts” tab. 4 Choose the number and then press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or select . When the contact is empty You can transfer the phone numbers in a Bluetooth® phone to the system. Operation methods differ between PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) compatible and PBAP incompatible Bluetooth® phones. If the cellular phone does not support either PBAP or OPP (Object Push Profile) service, you cannot transfer contacts. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 3 Choose the desired contact to call from the list. 400 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 1 Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel. If the phonebook is empty, a message will be displayed.  For a PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phone and “Automatic Transfer” is off 2 Select the desired item. 1 Select to transfer new con- tacts from a cellular phone, select “Always” and then enable “Automatic Transfer”. 2 Select to transfer all the con- tacts from a connected cellular phone only once. 3 Select to cancel transferring.  For a PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth® phone 2 Select the desired item. 1 Select to transfer the con- tacts from the connected cellular phone. Follow the steps in “Update contacts from phone” from step 2 . (→P. 413) 2 Select to add a new contact manually. Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list” from step 2 . (→P. 414) 3 Select to cancel transferring. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 401 Calling using favorites list You can make a call using numbers registered in the contact. 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select “Favorites” tab. 3 Select the desired number to make a call. Dialing from call history You can make a call using the call history, which has the 3 functions below. : calls which you missed : calls which you received : calls which you made 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select “Call History” tab. 3 Select  When or the desired entry from the list. is selected  When the desired contact is selected 4 Select the desired number. 5 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed. ■ Call history list ● If you make a call to or receive a call from a number registered in the contact, the name is displayed in the call history. ● If you make multiple calls to the same number, only the last call made is displayed in the call history. ■ International calls You may not be able to make international calls, depending on the mobile phone in use. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 4 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed. 5 402 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Receiving a call When a call is received, the following screen is displayed together with a sound. To answer the phone Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or select . To refuse a call Press the on-hook switch on the steering wheel or select . To adjust the incoming call volume Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob. You can also adjust the volume using the steering switches. ■ International calls Received international calls may not be displayed correctly depending on the cellular phone in use. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 403 Speaking on the phone The following screen is displayed when speaking on the phone. To adjust the call volume Select “-” or “+”. You can also adjust the volume using the steering switches or the volume knob. To prevent the other party from hearing your voice Select “Mute”. When using phone services such as an answering service or a bank, you can store phone numbers and code numbers in the contact. 1 Select “0-9”. 2 Input the number. ■ Release Tones “Release Tones” appear when a continuous tone signal(s) containing a (w) is registered in the contact list. 1 Select “Release Tones”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system Inputting tones 5 404 5-9. Bluetooth® phone ■ Release Tones ● A continuous tone signal is a character string that consists of numbers and the characters p or w. (e.g.056133w0123p#1∗) ● When the “p” pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be automatically sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the “w” pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be automatically sent after a user operation is performed. ● Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone based service such as an answering machine or bank phone service is desired. A phone number with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact list. ● Tone data after a “w” pause tone can be operated on voice command during a call. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 405 5-9. Bluetooth® phone To transfer a call Select “Handset Mode” to on from a hands-free call to a cellular phone call. Select “Handset Mode” to off from a cellular phone call to a hands-free call. Transmit volume setting 1 Select “Transmit Volume”. 2 Select the desired level for the transmit volume. 3 Select “OK”. To hang up Press the on-hook switch on the steering wheel or select . Call waiting When a call is interrupted by a third party while talking, an incoming call message will be displayed. To refuse the call: • Press the on-hook switch on the steering wheel. • Select . Every time you press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or select during call waiting, you will be switched to the other party. ■ Transferring calls ● If you transfer from the cellular phone to hands-free, the hands-free screen will be displayed, and you can operate the system using the screen. ● Transfer method and operation may vary according to the cellular phone used. ● For operation of the cellular phone in use, see the phone's manual. ■ Call waiting operation Call waiting operation may differ depending on your phone company and cellular phone. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system To talk with the other party: • Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel. • Select . 406 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Bluetooth® phone message function Received messages can be forwarded from the connected Bluetooth® phone, enabling checking and replying using Entune Audio. Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone connected, received messages may not be transferred to the message inbox. If the phone does not support the message function, this function cannot be used. Displaying message inbox screen 1 Press button. 2 Select . Receiving a message When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen. 1 Select to check the message. 2 Select to refuse the message. 3 Select to call the message sender. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 407 ■ Receiving a message ● Depending on the cellular phone used for receiving messages, or its registration status with Entune Audio, some information may not be displayed. ● The pop up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and SMS/ MMS messages under the following conditions: E-mail: • “Incoming E-mail Display” is set to “Full Screen”. (→P. 419) • “E-mail Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 419) SMS/MMS: • “Incoming SMS/MMS Display” is set to “Full screen”. (→P. 419) • “SMS/MMS Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 419) 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 408 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Checking the messages 1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 406) 2 Select the desired message from the list. 3 Check that the message is displayed. 1 E-mails: Select “Mark Unread” or “Mark Read” to mark mail unread or read on the message inbox screen. This function is available when “Update Read Status on Phone” is set to on (→P. 419) 2 Select to make a call to the sender. 3 Select to have messages read out. To cancel this function, select “Stop”. 4 Select to display the previous or next message. 5 Select to reply the message. ■ Check the messages ● Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone being connected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on the phone. ● Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Bluetooth® phone’s registered mail address folder. Select the tab of the desired folder to be displayed. ● Only received messages on the connected Bluetooth® phone can be displayed. ● The text of the message is not displayed while driving. ● When “Automatic Message Readout” is set to on, messages will be automatically read out. (→P. 419) ● Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob, or use the volume switch on the steering wheel to adjust the message read out volume. ● The message read out function is available even while driving. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 409 Replying to a message 1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 406) 2 Select the desired message from the list. 3 Select “Quick Message”. 4 Select the desired message. 5 Select “Send”. ■ Editing quick reply message 1 Select “Quick Message”. 2 Select corresponding to the desired message to edit. 3 Select “OK” when editing is completed. Calling the message sender Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender's phone number. 1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 406) 2 Select the desired message. 3 Select . ■ Calling from a number within a message Calls can be made to a number identified in a message's text area. 1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 406) 2 Select the desired message. 3 Select the text area. corresponding to the desired number. 5 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed. ■ Calling from the incoming message screen →P. 405 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 4 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed. 4 Select 5 410 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Using the steering wheel switches The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected cellular phone. Operating a telephone using the steering wheel switches 1 Volume switch • Increase/Decrease the volume • Press and hold: Continuously increase/ decrease the volume 2 On hook switch • End a call • Refuse a call 3 Off hook switch • Make a call • Receive a call • Display “Phone” screen HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 411 Bluetooth® phone settings You can adjust the hands-free system to your desired settings. “Phone/Message Settings” screen To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button, and select “Phone” on the “Setup” screen. 1 Set the phone connection (→P. 390) 2 Setting the sound (→P. 411) 13 Contact/Call History Settings (→P. 412) 14 Set the message settings (→P. 419) 5 Set the phone display (→P. 420) 5 Sound setting 2 Select “Sound Settings” on the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. 1 Set the desired ringtone. 2 Adjust the ringtone volume. 13 Adjust the message readout volume. 4 Set the desired incoming SMS/MMS tone. 5 Adjust the incoming SMS/ MMS tone volume. 6 Set the incoming e-mail tone. 7 Adjust the incoming e-mail tone volume. 8 Adjust the default volume of the other party's voice. ■ To return to the default volume settings Select “Default”, and then “Yes”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 411) 412 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Contact/Call History Settings The contact can be transferred from a Bluetooth® phone to the system. The contact also can be added, edited and deleted. The call history can be deleted and contact and favorites can be changed. 1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 411) 2 Select “Contact/Call History Settings”. 3 Select the desired item to be set. 1 For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, select to set “Automatic Transfer” on/ off. When set to on, the phone’s contact data and history are automatically transferred. 2 Select to update contacts from the connected phone. (→P. 413) 3 Select to sort contacts by the first name or last name field. 4 Select to add contacts to the favorites list. (→P. 416) 5 Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (→P. 418) 6 Select to display contact images. 7 Select to clear contacts from the call history.* 8 Select to add new contacts to the contact list.* (→P. 414) 9 Select to edit contacts in the contact list.* (→P. 415) 10 Select to delete contacts from the contact list.* (→P. 416) 11 Select to reset all setup items. *: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones only, this function is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 413 Update contacts from phone Operation methods differ between PBAP compatible and PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth® phones. If your cellular phone is neither PBAP nor OPP compatible, the contacts cannot be transferred. ■ For PBAP Compatible Bluetooth® Phones 1 Select “Update Contacts from Phone”. 2 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera- tion is complete. This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular phone. Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the Bluetooth® phone. If another Bluetooth® device is connected when transferring contact data, depending on the phone, the connected Bluetooth® device may need to be disconnected. Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone being connected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on the phone. Phones 1 Select “Update Contacts from Phone”. ® 2 Transfer the contact data to the system using a Bluetooth phone. This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular phone. Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the Bluetooth® phone. To cancel this function, select “Cancel”. 3 Select “Done” when it appears on the screen. 4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera- tion is complete. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system ■ For PBAP Incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth® 5 414 5-9. Bluetooth® phone ■ Updating the contacts in a different way (From the “Call His- tory” screen) For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 412) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis- tered in the contact list. 3 Select “Update Contact”. 4 Select the desired contact. 5 Select a phone type for the phone number. Registering a new contact to the contact list New contact data can be registered. Up to 4 numbers per person can be registered. For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 412) 1 Select “New Contact”. 2 Enter the name and select “OK”. 3 Enter the phone number and select “OK”. 4 Select the phone type for the phone number. 5 To add another number to this contact, select “Yes”. ■ Registering a new contact in a different way (From the “Call History” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis- tered in the contact list. 3 Select “Add to Contacts”. 4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list” from step 3 . (→P. 414) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 415 Editing the contact data For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 412) 1 Select “Edit Contacts”. 2 Select the desired contact. 3 Select  corresponding to the desired name or number. For editing the name 4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list” from step 3 . (→P. 414)  For editing the number 4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list” from step 4 . (→P. 414) ■ Editing the contacts in a different way (From the “Contact Details” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and 5 select the desired contact. “E-mail Addresses”: Select to display all registered e-mail addresses for the contact. 4 Follow the steps in “Editing the contact data” from step 4 . HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 3 Select “Edit Contact”. 416 5-9. Bluetooth® phone Deleting the contact data For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 412) 1 Select “Delete Contacts”. 2 Select the desired contact and select “Delete”. 13 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears. ■ Deleting the contact in a different way (From the “Contact Details” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and select the desired contact. 3 Select “Edit Contact”. 4 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears. Favorites list setting Up to 15 contacts (maximum of 4 numbers per contact) can be registered in the favorites list. ■ Registering the contacts in the favorites list 1 Select “Add Favorite”. 2 Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list. Dimmed contacts are already stored as a favorite. 3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera- tion is complete. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone  417 When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list 1 When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list, a registered contact needs to be replaced. Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears to replace a contact. 2 Select the contact to be replaced. 3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.  Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the “Contacts” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Contacts” tab. 3 Select at the beginning of the desired contact list name to be registered in the favorites list. When selected, favorites list.  is changed to , and the contact is registered in the Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the “Contact Details” screen) 2 Select the “Contacts” tab or the “Call History” tab and select the desired contact. 3 Select “Add Favorite”. 4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 5 418 5-9. Bluetooth® phone ■ Deleting the contacts in the favorites list 1 Select “Remove Favorite”. 2 Select the desired contacts and select “Remove”. 3 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears. 4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera- tion is complete.  Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the “Contacts” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Contacts” tab. 3 Select at the beginning of the contact list name to be deleted from the favorites. list. When selected, list.  is changed to , and the data is deleted from the Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the “Contact Details” screen) 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and select the desired contact to delete. 3 Select “Remove Favorite”. 4 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears. 5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera- tion is complete. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 419 Message Settings 1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 411) 2 Select “Messaging Settings”. 3 Select the desired item to be set. 1 Set automatic transfer on/off. message 2 Set message automatic readout on/off. 3 Set the SMS/MMS notifica- tion popup on/off. 4 Set the e-mail notification popup on/off. 5 Set adding the vehicle signa- ture to outgoing messages on/off. 6 Set updating message read status on phone on/off. 5 7 Change the incoming SMS/MMS display. 8 Change the incoming e-mail display. “Full Screen”: When an e-mail is received, the incoming e-mail display screen is the displayed and can be operated on the screen. “Drop-Down”: When an e-mail is received, a message is displayed on the upper side of the screen. 9 Set display of messaging account names on the inbox tab on/off. When set to on, messaging account names used on the cellular phone will be displayed. ■ To return to the default volume settings Select “Default”, and then “Yes”. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system “Full Screen”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, the incoming SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be operated on the screen. “Drop-Down”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is displayed on the upper side of the screen. 420 5-9. Bluetooth® phone ■ Displaying the “Messaging Settings” screen in a different way 1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 397) 2 Select . 3 Select “Settings”. Phone Display Settings 1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 411) 2 Select “Phone Display Settings”. 3 Select the desired item to be set. 1 Change the incoming call display. “Full Screen”: When a call is received, the hands-free screen is displayed and can be operated on the screen. “Drop-Down”: A message is displayed on the upper side of the screen. 2 Set display of the contact/ history transfer completion message on/off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone 421 What to do if... (Troubleshooting) If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a Bluetooth® device, first check the table below.  When using the hands-free system with a Bluetooth® device The hands-free system or Bluetooth® device does not work. The connected device may not be a compatible Bluetooth® cellular phone. → For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune.html The Bluetooth® version of the connected cellular phone may be older than the specified version. → Use a cellular phone with Bluetooth® version 2.0 or higher (recommended: Ver. 3.0 with EDR or higher). (→P. 425) 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 422  5-9. Bluetooth® phone When registering/connecting a cellular phone A cellular phone cannot be registered. An incorrect passcode was entered on the cellular phone. → Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone. The registration operation has not been completed on the cellular phone side. → Complete the registration operation on the cellular phone (approve registration on the phone). Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular phone. → Delete the existing registration information from both this system and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to connect to this system. (→P. 391) A Bluetooth® connection cannot be made. Another Bluetooth® device is already connected. → Manually connect the cellular phone you wish to use to this system. (→P. 393) Bluetooth® function is not enabled on the cellular phone. → Enable the Bluetooth® function on the cellular phone. “Please check your device settings.” message is displayed. Bluetooth® function is not enabled on the cellular phone. → Enable the Bluetooth® function on the cellular phone. Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular phone. → Delete the existing registration information from both this system and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to connect to this system. (→P. 391)  When making/receiving a call A call cannot be made/received. Your vehicle is in a “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.” area. → Move to where “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.” no longer appears on the display. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-9. Bluetooth® phone  423 When using the phonebook Phonebook data cannot be transferred manually/automatically. The profile version of the connected cellular phone may not be compatible with transferring phonebook data. → For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune.html Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to off. → Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to on. (→P. 412) Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone. → Enter the passcode on the cellular phone if requested (default passcode: 1234). Transfer operation on the cellular phone has not completed. → Complete transfer operation on the cellular phone (approve transfer operation on the phone). Phonebook data cannot be edited. Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to on. → Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to off. (→P. 412) When using the Bluetooth® message function Messages cannot be viewed. Message transfer is not enabled on the cellular phone. → Enable message transfer on the cellular phone (approve message transfer on the phone). Automatic transfer function on this system is set to off. → Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (→P. 419) New message notifications are not displayed. Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off. → Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on. (→P. 419) Automatic message transfer function is not enabled on the cellular phone. → Enable automatic transfer function on the cellular phone. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system  5 424  5-9. Bluetooth® phone In other situations Even though all conceivable measures have been taken, the symptom status does not change. The cellular phone is not close enough to this system. → Bring the cellular phone closer to this system. The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom. → Turn the cellular phone off, remove and reinstall the battery pack, and then restart the cellular phone. → Enable the cellular phone’s Bluetooth® connection. → Stop the cellular phone’s security software and close all applications. → Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, carefully check its source and how its operation might affect this system. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-10. Bluetooth® 425 Bluetooth® HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ■ When using the Bluetooth® audio system ● In the following conditions, the system may not function. • If the portable audio player is turned off • If the portable audio player is not connected • If the portable audio player’s battery is low ● There may be a delay if a cellular phone connection is made during Bluetooth® audio play. ● Depending on the type of portable audio player that is connected to the system, operation may differ slightly and certain functions may not be available. ■ When using the hands-free system ● Entune Audio is muted when making a call. ● If both parties speak at the same time, it may be difficult to hear. ● If the received call volume is overly loud, an echo may be heard. If the Bluetooth® phone is too close to the system, quality of the sound may deteriorate and connection status may deteriorate. ● In the following circumstances, it may be difficult to hear the other party: • When driving on unpaved roads • When driving at high speeds • If a roof or window is open • If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone • If there is interference from the network of the cellular phone ■ Conditions under which the system will not operate ● If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth® ● If the cellular phone is turned off ● If you are outside of cellular phone service coverage ● If the cellular phone is not connected ● If the cellular phone’s battery is low ● When outgoing calls are controlled, due to heavy traffic on telephone lines, etc. ● When the cellular phone itself cannot be used ● When transferring contact data from the cellular phone 426 5-10. Bluetooth® ■ Bluetooth® antenna The antenna is built into the display. If the portable audio player is behind the seat or in the glove box or console box, or is touching or covered by metal objects, the connection status may deteriorate. If the cellular phone is behind the seat or in the console box, or touching or covered by metal objects, the connection status may deteriorate. ■ Battery charge/signal status ● This display may not correspond exactly with the portable audio player or cellular phone itself. ● This system does not have a charging function. ● The portable audio player or cellular phone battery will be depleted quickly when the device is connected to Bluetooth®. ■ When using the Bluetooth® audio and hands-free system at the same time The following problems may occur. ● The Bluetooth® audio connection may be interrupted. ● Noise may be heard during Bluetooth® audio playback. ■ About the contact in this system The following data is stored for every registered cellular phone. When another phone is connecting, you cannot read the registered data. ● Contact data ● Call history ● Favorite ● Message When removing a Bluetooth® phone from the system, the above-mentioned data is also deleted. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-10. Bluetooth® 427 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5 Audio system ■ Compatible models The Bluetooth® audio system supports portable audio players with the following specifications ● Bluetooth® specifications: Ver. 2.0, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher) ● Profiles: • A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.2 or higher) This is a profile to transmit stereo audio or high quality sound to Entune Audio. • AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.4 or higher) This is a profile to allow remote control the A/V equipment. However, please note that some functions may be limited depending on the type of portable audio player connected. The hands-free system supports cellular phones with the following specifications. ● Bluetooth® specification: Ver. 2.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher) ● Profiles: • HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.6 or higher) This is a profile to allow hands-free phone calls using a cellular phone or head set. It has outgoing and incoming call functions. • OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.2) This is a profile to transfer contact data. When a Bluetooth® compatible cellular phone has both PBAP and OPP, OPP cannot be used. • PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.1) This is a profile to transfer contact data. • MAP (Message Access Profile) Ver.1.0 or higher This is a profile to using phone message. If the cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot register it with the hands-free system. OPP, PBAP or MAP services must be selected individually. 428 5-10. Bluetooth® ■ Reconnecting the portable audio player If the portable audio player is disconnected due to poor reception, the system automatically reconnects the portable audio player. If you have switched off the portable audio player yourself, follow the instructions below to reconnect: ● Select the portable audio player again ● Enter the portable audio player ■ When you sell your car Be sure to delete your personal data. (→P. 359) WARNING ■ While driving Do not use the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device to the Bluetooth® system. ■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices ● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth® antennas. People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable distance between themselves and the Bluetooth® antennas. The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. ● Before using Bluetooth® devices, users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices. NOTICE ■ When leaving the vehicle Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable audio player or cellular phone. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-11. Using the voice command system 429 Voice command system The voice command system enables the hands-free system to be operated using voice commands. Operations of the voice command system can be performed by selecting the menu corresponding to each function on the screen. Even if any menu is selected, commands displayed on all menus can be operated. Using the voice command system 1 Press the talk switch. 5 tion. 2 Select to start the voice rec- ognition tutorial. 2 Select “OK” and say the desired command. On the list screen, you can select the desired command. To cancel the voice command system, press and hold the talk switch. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system 1 Select to train voice recogni- 430 5-11. Using the voice command system ■ Microphone →P. 398 ■ When using the microphone ● It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a command. ● When “Voice Prompt Interrupt” set to on, it is not necessary to wait for the confirmation beep before speaking a command. (→P. 362) ● Voice commands may not be recognized if: • Spoken too quickly. • Spoken at a low or high volume. • The roof or windows are open. • Passengers are talking while voice commands are spoken. • The air conditioning speed is set high. • The air conditioning vents are turned towards the microphone. ● In the following conditions, the system may not recognize the command properly and using voice commands may not be possible: • The command is incorrect or unclear. Note that certain words, accents or speech patterns may be difficult for the system to recognize. • There is excessive background noise, such as wind noise. Casual speech recognization Due to natural language speech recognition technology, this system enables recognition of a command when spoken naturally. However, the system cannot recognize every variation of each command. In some situations, it is possible to omit the command for the procedure and directly state the desired operation. Not all voice commands are displayed in the short cut menu. This function is available in English, Spanish and French. ■ Expression examples for each function Command “Call ” Expression examples Get me . Dial on his phone. “Dial ” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Dial <3334445555>. Ring <3334445555>. 5-11. Using the voice command system 431 Command list Some recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown below as examples.  Basic Command Action “Help” Prompts voice guidance to offer examples of commands or operation methods “Go Back” Returns to the previous screen  Phone Command Action “Redial” Places a call to the phone number of the latest outgoing call “Call Back” Places a call to the phone number of latest incoming call “Show Calls” Recent Displays the call history screen “Call Place a call to the said phone type of the contact from ” the phone book HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Audio system “Dial ” 5 432 5-11. Using the voice command system Mobile Assistant The Mobile Assistant feature will activate Apple’s Siri® Eyes Free mode via the steering wheel switches. To operate the Mobile Assistant, a compatible cellular phone must be registered and connected to this system via Bluetooth®. (→P. 390) 1 Press and hold the off-hook on the steering wheel until you hear the beeps. 2 The Mobile Assistant can be used only when the following screen is displayed. To cancel the Mobile Assistant, select “Cancel”, or press and hold the off-hook on the steering wheel. To restart the Mobile Assistant for additional commands, press the off-hook on the steering wheel. • Mobile Assistant can only be restarted after the system responds to a voice command. • After some phone and music commands, the Mobile Assistant feature will automatically end to complete the requested action. ■ Adjusting the Mobile Assistant volume The volume of the Mobile Assistant can be adjusted using the “PWR·VOL” knob or steering wheel volume switches. The Mobile Assistant and phone call volumes are synchronized. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 5-11. Using the voice command system 433 ■ Notes about Mobile Assistant ● The available features and functions may vary based on the iOS version installed on the connected device. ● Some Siri features are limited in Eyes Free mode. If you attempt to use an unavailable function, Siri will inform you that the function is not available. ● If Siri is not enabled on the cellular phone connected via Bluetooth®, an error message will be displayed on the screen. ● While a phone call is active, the Mobile Assistant cannot be used. ● If using the navigation feature of the cellular phone, ensure the active audio source is Bluetooth® audio or iPod in order to hear turn by turn direction prompts. 5 Audio system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 434 5-11. Using the voice command system HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 435 Interior features 6 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Front manual air conditioning system ........ 436 Front automatic air conditioning system ........ 442 Rear manual air conditioning system ........ 449 Rear automatic air conditioning system ........ 452 Heated steering wheel/ seat heaters/seat ventilators........................ 455 6-4. Using the other interior features Other interior features ........................... 469 6-2. Using the interior lights Interior lights list ................ 458 • USB charging ports.............................. 475 • Interior lights ................. 458 • Rear sunshades............ 477 • Personal lights .............. 459 • Armrest ......................... 478 6-3. Using the storage features List of storage features ........................... 460 • Coat hooks.................... 479 • Glove box...................... 461 • Console box.................. 461 • Bottle holders................ 462 • Cup holders .................. 463 • Auxiliary boxes.............. 465 • Open tray ...................... 466 Luggage compartment features ........................... 467 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) • Sun visors ..................... 469 • Vanity mirrors................ 469 • Conversation mirror ............................ 470 • Clock............................. 471 • Outside temperature display........................... 472 • Power outlets ................ 473 • Assist grips ................... 479 • Side table...................... 480 Garage door opener.......... 481 Safety Connect ................. 488 Compass........................... 494 436 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Front manual air conditioning system∗ Air conditioning controls ■ Adjusting the temperature setting To adjust the temperature setting, turn clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool). If is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air or heated air. For quick cooling, turn to the “MAX A/C” position. The air condi- tioning will automatically turn on in recirculated air mode. ■ Fan speed setting To adjust the fan speed, turn clockwise (increase) or coun- terclockwise (decrease). Turning the dial to “OFF” turns off the fan. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 437 ■ Changing airflow modes To change the airflow mode, press , , or . 1 Air flows to the upper body. 2 Air flows to the upper body and feet. 3 Air flows to the feet. 4 Air flows to the feet and the windshield defogger operates. Other functions ■ Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes Press . The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed. 6 ■ Defogging the windshield 1 Press . If the recirculated air mode is used, it will automatically switch to the outside air mode. 2 Perform the following operations accordingly: ● To adjust the fan speed, turn . ● To adjust the temperature setting, turn . ● If the dehumidification function is not operating, press operate the dehumidification function. to To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and temperature up. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side windows. 438 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger ■ Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove raindrops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors. Press . The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time. ■ Windshield wiper de-icer This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the windshield and wiper blades. Press the switch to turn the system on/off. The indicator comes on when the windshield wiper de-icer is on. The windshield de-icer will automatically turn off after a period of time. Air outlets ■ Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume change according to the selected airflow mode. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 439 ■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out- lets  Front center outlets Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down.  Front side outlets Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. 6 1 Closes the vent 2 Opens the vent HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features Slide the knob to the most outward position. 440 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger ■ Fogging up of the windows ● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high. Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind- shield effectively. ● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily. ● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used. ■ Outside/recirculated air mode ● When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle interior effectively. ● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the temperature setting or the inside temperature. ■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air conditioning system is on ● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also reduce fuel consumption. ● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch is turned to “ON” position. ● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing . ■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors ● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode. ● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to be emitted from the vents. ● To reduce potential odors from occurring: It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air mode prior to turning the vehicle off. ■ Air conditioning filter →P. 547 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 441 WARNING ■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up ● Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking your vision. ● Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defogging. ■ To prevent burns ● Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on. ● Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is stopped. 6 442 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Front automatic air conditioning system∗ Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting. Air conditioning controls ■ Adjusting the temperature setting To adjust the temperature setting, turn clockwise to increase the temperature and counterclockwise to decrease the temperature. The temperature for the driver, front passenger and rear seats can be adjusted separately when: • is pressed. (The “SYNC” displays disappear.) • The front passenger side dial is turned. (The “PASS SYNC” display changes to “PASS”.) • The “∧” or “∨” side of is pressed. (The “REAR SYNC” display changes to “REAR”.) The air conditioning system switches between individual and synchronized modes each time is pressed. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 443 ■ Fan speed setting To adjust the fan speed, press “∧” on to increase the fan speed and “∨” to decrease the fan speed. Press to turn the fan off. ■ Changing airflow modes To change the airflow mode, press . The air outlets used are switched each time the button is pressed. 1 Air flows to the upper body. 2 Air flows to the upper body and feet. 3 Air flows to the feet. 4 Air flows to the feet and the windshield ates. defogger oper- 6 Using automatic mode . Interior features 1 Press 2 Adjust the temperature setting. 3 To stop the operation, press . ■ Automatic mode indicator If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained. Other functions ■ Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes Press . The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) each time HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) is pressed. 444 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger ■ Defogging the windshield Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side windows. Press . Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.) To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and temperature up. To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield is defogged. ■ Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove raindrops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors. Press . The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 445 ■ Windshield wiper de-icer This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the windshield and wiper blades. Press the switch to turn the system on/off. The indicator comes on when the windshield wiper de-icer is on. The windshield de-icer will automatically turn off after a period of time. Air outlets ■ Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume change according to the selected airflow mode. 6 lets  Front center outlets Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out- 446 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger  Front side outlets Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. 1 Closes the vent Slide the knob to the most outward position. 2 Opens the vent ■ Using automatic mode Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and the ambient conditions. Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow immediately after is pressed. ■ Fogging up of the windows ● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high. Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield effectively. ● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily. ● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used. ■ Outside/recirculated air mode ● When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle interior effectively. ● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the temperature setting or the inside temperature. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 447 ■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air conditioning system is on ● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also reduce fuel consumption. ● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). ● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing . ■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors ● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode. ● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to be emitted from the vents. ● To reduce potential odors from occurring: • It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air mode prior to turning the vehicle off. • The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic mode. ■ Air conditioning filter →P. 547 ■ Customization Settings (e.g. A/C auto switch operation) can be changed. (Customizable features →P. 680) 6 Interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 448 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger WARNING ■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up ● Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking your vision. ● Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defogging. ■ To prevent burns ● Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on. ● Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on. NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is stopped. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 449 Rear manual air conditioning system∗ Air conditioning controls ■ Adjusting the temperature setting To adjust the temperature setting, press “∧” on to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature. ■ Fan speed setting To adjust the fan speed, press “∧” on to increase the fan Press Interior features speed and “∨” to decrease the fan speed. to turn the fan off. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 450 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger ■ Changing airflow modes To change the airflow mode, press . The air outlets used are switched each time the button is pressed. 1 Air flows to the upper body. 2 Air flows to the upper body and feet. 3 Air flows to the feet. Air outlets ■ Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume change according to the selected airflow mode. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 451 ■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out- lets Direct air flow to the left or right, forward or backward. 1 Closes the vent Slide the knob to the rear-most position. 2 Opens the vent NOTICE 6 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is stopped. 452 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Rear automatic air conditioning system∗ Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting. Air conditioning controls ■ Adjusting the temperature setting To adjust the temperature setting, press “∧” on to increase the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature. ■ Fan speed setting To adjust the fan speed, press “∧” on to increase the fan speed and “∨” to decrease the fan speed. Press to turn the fan off. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 453 ■ Changing airflow modes To change the airflow mode, press . The air outlets used are switched each time the button is pressed. 1 Air flows to the upper body. 2 Air flows to the upper body and feet. 3 Air flows to the feet. Using automatic mode 1 Press . 2 Adjust the temperature setting. 3 To stop the operation, press . 6 ■ Automatic mode indicator HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained. 454 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Air outlets ■ Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume change according to the selected airflow mode. ■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out- lets Direct air flow to the left or right, forward or backward. 1 Closes the vent Slide the knob to the rear-most position. 2 Opens the vent NOTICE ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is stopped. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 455 Heated steering wheel∗/seat heaters∗/seat ventilators∗ The heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips of the steering wheel and seats, respectively. Seat ventilators maintain good airflow by blowing air from the seats. WARNING ● Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories comes in contact with the steering wheel or seats when the heater is on: • Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically challenged • Persons with sensitive skin • Persons who are fatigued • Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping drugs, cold remedies, etc.) ● Observe the following precautions to prevent the minor burns or overheating • Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat heater. • Do not use the seat heaters more than necessary. ● Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat. ● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is stopped. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features NOTICE 6 456 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger Heated steering wheel Turn the heated steering wheel on/off The indicator light comes on when the heated steering wheel is operating. The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after about 30 minutes. ■ The heated steering wheel can be used when The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. Front seat heaters and ventilators ■ Seat heaters 1 Turns the seat heater on The indicator light comes on. 2 Adjusts the seat temperature The further you move the dial forward, the warmer the seat becomes. ■ Seat heaters/ventilators 1 Turns the seat heater on The indicator light comes on. The higher the number is, the warmer the seat becomes. 2 Blows air from the seat The indicator light comes on. The higher the number is, the stronger the airflow becomes. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 457 ■ The seat heaters and seat heaters/ventilators can be used when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ When not in use  Seat heaters Turn the dial fully backward. The indicator light will turn off.  Seat heaters/ventilators Set the knob at “0”. The indicator light will turn off. Second seat heaters 1 Hi 2 Lo 3 Off The indicator comes on when the second seat heater is on. 6 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ The second seat heaters can be used when The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. 458 6-2. Using the interior lights Interior lights list 1 Rear interior/rear personal lights 2 Ambient lights (if equipped) 3 Front interior/front personal lights 4 Outer foot lights (if equipped) 5 Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system) 6 Front door courtesy lights Interior lights 1 Turns the lights on/off 2 Turns the lights linked to door position on/off HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-2. Using the interior lights 459 Personal lights Turn the light on/off  Front  Rear HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 Interior features ■ Illuminated entry system  Vehicles without a smart key system The lights automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch position, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are open/ closed.  Vehicles with a smart key system The lights automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode, the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are opened/closed. ■ To prevent battery discharge If the following lights are left on when the engine switch is turned off, the lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes: ● Interior lights ● Personal lights ● Front door courtesy lights ● Ambient lights (if equipped) ● Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system) ■ Customization Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed. (Customizable features: →P. 680) 460 6-3. Using the storage features List of storage features 1 Auxiliary boxes (→P. 465) 4 Bottle holders (→P. 462) 2 Open tray (→P. 466) 5 Cup holders (→P. 463) 3 Glove box (→P. 461) 6 Console box (→P. 461) WARNING ● Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high: • Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact with other stored items. • Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas, causing a fire hazard. ● When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the lids closed. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-3. Using the storage features 461 Glove box 1 Unlock with the master key (vehicles without a smart key system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system) 2 Lock with the master key (vehi- cles without a smart key system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system) 3 Open (pull lever) ■ Power back door main switch (vehicles with power back door) The power back door main switch is located in the glove box. (→P. 126) Console box To open the console box lids, press on the knob and slide both lids. 6 Interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 462 6-3. Using the storage features ■ Tray in the console box The tray slides forward/backward and can be removed. Bottle holders ■ Front ■ Rear HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-3. Using the storage features 463 ■ When using the bottle holder ● When storing a bottle, close the cap. ● The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape. WARNING Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury. Cup holders ■ Front ■ Rear (second seats)  6 Type A HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features Pull the armrest down. (→P. 478) 464 6-3. Using the storage features  Type B Fold the side table up for use. (→P. 480) ■ Rear (third seats) ■ Removing the cup holder insert (front cup holder) The cup holder insert may be removed for cleaning. WARNING Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent burns. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-3. Using the storage features 465 Auxiliary boxes  Overhead Push the lid.  Driver’s side instrument panel Pull the tab to open. WARNING ■ Items unsuitable for storing (overhead) Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg). Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall out, resulting in an accident. 6 Interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 466 6-3. Using the storage features Open tray ■ Cable pass through The open tray is provided with a hole that allows cables to be passed through the tray from the USB/AUX port, USB charging ports or power outlet. Remove the cover. WARNING ■ Items unsuitable for the open tray Observe the following precautions when putting items in the open tray. Failure to do so may cause items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of sudden braking or steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with pedal operation or cause driver distraction, resulting in an accident. ● Do not store items in the tray that can easily shift or roll out. ● Do not stack items in the tray higher than the tray’s edge. ● Do not put items in the tray that may protrude over the tray’s edge. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-3. Using the storage features 467 Luggage compartment features Cargo hooks Raise the hooks to use. Cargo hooks are provided for securing loose items. Grocery bag hooks 6 Do not hang any object heavier than 6.6 lb. (3 kg) on the grocery bag hooks. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features NOTICE 468 6-3. Using the storage features Auxiliary boxes ■ Center deck under tray 1 Pull the strap upwards to open the center deck board. 2 To secure the center deck board, remove the hook on the backside of the center deck board and attach the hook to the head restraint on the third seats as shown. ■ Deck side box Pull the strap upwards to open the side deck board. WARNING Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and cause injury. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 469 Other interior features Sun visors 1 To set the visor in the forward position, flip it down. 2 To set the visor in the side posi- tion, flip down, unhook, and swing it to the side. 3 To use the side extender, place the visor in the side position, then slide it backward. Vanity mirrors Open the cover. The vanity light turns on. 6 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ To prevent battery discharge If the vanity lights remain on for 20 minutes while the engine is off, the lights will turn off automatically. 470 6-4. Using the other interior features Conversation mirror 1 Push the lid. 2 Push the lid back up half way. ■ To use the overhead console from the conversation mirror state Fully close the lid, then open it again. (→P. 465) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 471 Clock The clock can be adjusted by pressing the buttons. 1 Adjusts the hours 2 Adjusts the minutes ■ The clock is displayed when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. ■ When the battery is disconnected The time display will automatically be set to 1:00. 6 Interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 472 6-4. Using the other interior features Outside temperature display The temperature display shows temperatures within the range of -40°F (-40°C) to 122°F (50°C). ■ The outside temperature is displayed when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ON” position.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ Display In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change. ● When the vehicle is stopped, or moving at low speeds (less than 15 mph [25 km/h]). ● When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.) ■ When the outside temperature display flashes If the outside temperature is 37°F (3°C) or less, the ice warning indicator flashes 10 times, and then illuminates. ■ When “--” or “E” is displayed The system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 473 Power outlets The power outlet can be used for the following components: 12 V: Accessories that run on less than 10 A 120 VAC: Accessories that use less than 100 W ■ 12 V  Front Open the lid.  Console box Open the console box lid (→P. 461) and open the lid. Open the lid. 6 Open the lid. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ 120 VAC (if equipped) 474 6-4. Using the other interior features ■ The power outlets can be used when  12 V Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.  120 VAC The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode. ■ When the engine restarts after having been stopped by the Stop & Start system (if equipped) The power outlets may be temporarily unusable, but this is not a malfunction. NOTICE ■ To avoid damaging the power outlets Close the power outlet lids when the power outlets are not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short circuit. ■ To prevent blown fuses  12 V Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.  120 VAC Do not use a 120 VAC appliance that requires more than 100 W. If a 120 VAC appliance that consumes more than 100 W is used, the protection circuit will cut the power supply. ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not use the power outlets longer than necessary when the engine is not running. ■ Appliances that may not operate properly (120 VAC) The following 120 VAC appliances may not operate properly even if their power consumption is under 100 W: ● Appliances with high initial peak wattage ● Measuring devices that process precise data ● Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 475 USB charging ports The USB charging ports are used to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V to external devices. The USB charging ports are for charging only. They are not designed for data transfer or other purposes. Depending on the external device, it may not charge properly. Refer to the manual included with the device before using a USB charging port. ■ Using the USB charging ports  Front  Rear Open the lid.  Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode. ■ Situations in which the USB charging ports may not operate correctly ● If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V is connected ● If a device designed to communicate with a personal computer, such as a USB memory device, is connected ● If the connected external device is turned off (depending on device) ● If the temperature inside the vehicle is high, such as after the vehicle has been parked in the sun ■ About connected external devices Depending on the connected external device, charging may occasionally be suspended and then start again. This is not a malfunction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ The USB charging ports can be used when  Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. 6 476 6-4. Using the other interior features NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the USB charging ports ● Do not insert foreign objects into the ports. ● Do not spill water or other liquids into the ports. ● When the USB charging ports are not in use, close the lids. If a foreign object or liquid enters a port may cause a short circuit. ● Do not apply excessive force to or impact the USB charging ports. ● Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging ports. ■ To prevent damage to external devices ● Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an external device. ● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary force to an external device or the cable of an external device while it is connected. ■ To prevent battery discharge Do not use the USB charging ports for a long period of time with the engine stopped. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 477 Rear sunshades (if equipped) 1 Pull the tab up. 2 Hook the sunshade on to the anchors. To lower the sunshade, pull the tab up slightly to unhook the shade from the anchors, and lower it slowly. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 Interior features To ensure normal operation of the rear sunshades, observe the following precautions. ● Do not place anything where it may hinder the opening/closing of a sunshade. ● Do not place anything on the rear sunshades. 478 6-4. Using the other interior features Armrest  Type A Fold down the armrest for use.  Type B 1 Lower the armrest from the highest position to the lowest position. 2 Raise the armrest desired angle. to the To unlock the armrest, lift the armrest to raise it to the highest position. NOTICE To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the armrest. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 479 Coat hooks Coat hooks are provided on the rear assist grips. WARNING Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles, causing death or serious injury. Assist grips An assist grip installed on the ceiling can be used to support your body while sitting on the seat. 6 Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from your seat. NOTICE To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features WARNING 480 6-4. Using the other interior features Side table (if equipped) Fold the side table up for use. ■ To stowing the side table To fold down the side table, pull up the lever to release the lock. Hold the table to let it lower slowly until you hear a click. WARNING When not in use, store the side table at the fully lowered position. NOTICE To prevent damage to the side table, do not place very heavy objects on it. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 481 Garage door opener∗ The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems, security systems, and other devices. The garage door opener (HomeLink Universal Transceiver) is manufactured under license from HomeLink. Programming the HomeLink® The HomeLink® compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the programming method below appropriate for the device. 1 Buttons ® 2 HomeLink indicator light 3 Garage door operation indica- tors 6 ● During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to prevent injury or other potential harm. ● It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote control transmitter for more accurate programming. ● Garage door openers manufactured after 1995 may be equipped with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you will need a stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the “learn” or “smart” button on the garage door opener motor. ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features ■ Before programming HomeLink® 482 6-4. Using the other interior features ■ Programming HomeLink® 1 Point the remote control transmitter for the device 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm) from the HomeLink® buttons. Keep the HomeLink® indicator light in view while programming.  For U.S.A. owner’s 2 Press and hold the Home- Link® button you want to program and the handheld transmitter button simultaneously. When the HomeLink® indicator light changes from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code), release both buttons.  Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming a device in the Canadian market ® 2 With one hand, press and hold the HomeLink button you want to program. With your other hand, press and release the remote control transmitter every 2 seconds and repeat this cycle until the HomeLink® indicator light starts to flash rapidly. Then, release the buttons. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 483 ® operation by pressing the newly pro3 Test the HomeLink grammed button and observing the indicator light: ● If the indicator light is solid/continuous, programming has been completed and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released. ● If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns into a solid/continuous light, proceed to the heading “Programming a rolling code system”. 4 Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the remaining HomeLink® buttons. ■ Programming a rolling code system 1 Locate the “learn” or “smart” button on the garage door opener motor in the garage. This button can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit. The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer. Please refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage door opener motor for details. 6 2 Press and release the “learn” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features or “smart” button. Perform 3 within 30 seconds after performing 2 . 484 6-4. Using the other interior features 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button (located inside the vehicle) for 2 seconds and release it. Repeat this sequence (press/ hold/release) up to 3 times to complete programming. If the garage door opener motor activates when the HomeLink® button is pressed, the garage door opener motor recognizes the HomeLink® signal. ■ Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail- able for compatible devices) When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the status of the opening and closing of the garage door through indicators in your vehicle. 2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility, refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage door opener motor.) ® 1 Press a programmed HomeLink button to operate a garage door. ® 2 Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink button, after the garage door operation has stopped, press the “learn” or “smart” button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will flash rapidly (green). ■ Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already have devices registered to them can be overwritten: ® 1 With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink button. ® 2 When the HomeLink indicator starts flashing, continue to hold the HomeLink® button and perform “Programming HomeLink®” from 1 (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink® indicator to start flashing). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 485 Operating HomeLink® Press the appropriate HomeLink® button. The HomeLink® indicator light should turn on. Garage door operation indicators The status of the opening and closing of a garage door is shown by the indicators. 1 Opening 2 Closing This function is only available if the garage door opener motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility, refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage door opener motor.) Color Status Orange (flashing) Currently opening/closing Green Opening/closing has completed Red (flashing) Feedback signals cannot be received To recall the previous door operation status, press and release either HomeLink® buttons “1” and “2” or “2” and “3” simultaneously for 2 seconds. The last recorded status will be displayed for 5 seconds. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of the garage door. However, if there are obstacles between the garage door and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback signals from the garage door may not be received. 6 486 6-4. Using the other interior features Erasing the entire HomeLink® memory (all three programs) Press and hold the 2 outside buttons for 10 seconds until the indicator light HomeLink® changes from continuously lit (orange) to rapidly flashing (green). If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase the programs stored in the HomeLink® memory. ■ Programs stored in the HomeLink® memory ● The registered codes are not erased even if the battery cable is disconnected. ● If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink® button that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code is not erased. ■ Before programming ● Install a new battery in the transmitter. ● The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the HomeLink. ■ Certification for the garage door opener This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and Industry Canada RSS-210. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation. WARNING: The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and IC rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the device. The term “IC:” before the certification/registration number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 487 Cet appareil est conforme aux normes FCC partie 15 et Industry Canada RSS-210. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles et (2) Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence qui peuvent être reçues y compris les interférences pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement indésirable. AVERTISSEMENT: L’émetteur a été testé et est conforme aux régles de la FCC et IC. Les changements ou modifications non expressément approuvés par la partie responsable de la conformité pourrait annuler l’autorité de l’utilisateur de faire fonctionner le dispositif. Le terme “IC:” devant le numéro de certification / enregistrement signifie seulement que les spécifications techniques d’Industry Canada ont été respectées. ■ For additional programming assistance with your HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Visit on the web at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. Consultez le site www.homelink.com ou appelez le 1-800-355-3515. WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 Interior features ■ When programming a garage door or other remote control device The garage door may operate, so ensure people and objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm. ■ Conforming to federal safety standards Do not use the HomeLink Compatible Transceiver with any garage door opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards. This includes any garage door that cannot detect an obstruction object. A door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious injury. ■ When operating or programming HomeLink® Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink® buttons. 488 6-4. Using the other interior features Safety Connect∗ Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular technology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select, telematics hardware-equipped vehicles. By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Conditions. ■ System components 1 Microphone 2 LED light indicators 3 “SOS” button ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 489 ■ Services Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available: ● Automatic Collision Notification* Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency service providers. (→P. 491) *: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2 ● Stolen Vehicle Location Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (→P. 492) ● Emergency Assistance Button (SOS) Connects drivers to response-center support. (→P. 492) ● Enhanced Roadside Assistance Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (→P. 492) ■ Subscription After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services. A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact your Toyota dealer, call 1-800-331-4331, or push the “SOS” button in your vehicle for further subscription details. 6 Interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 490 6-4. Using the other interior features ■ Safety Connect Services Information ● Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth® technology will not be possible during Safety Connect. ● Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models. Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to reach the response center or receive emergency service support. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of subscription terms are available; charges vary by subscription term selected. ● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle Location, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance will function in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and in Canada. No Safety Connect services will function outside of the United States in countries other than Canada. ● Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommunications Act and the device is not TTY compatible. ■ Languages The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages. The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English and Spanish. Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling. ■ When contacting the response center You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 491 Safety Connect LED light Indicators When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the red indicator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active. The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage conditions: ● Green indicator light on = Active service ● Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process ● Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction (contact your Toyota dealer) ● No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active Safety Connect services ■ Automatic Collision Notification HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 Interior features In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to automatically call the response center. The responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emergency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that assistance be sent to the location. 492 6-4. Using the other interior features ■ Stolen Vehicle Location If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local authorities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-800331-4331 and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this service. In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com. ■ Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”) In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required. If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center agent that you are not experiencing an emergency. ■ Enhanced Roadside Assistance Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already included warranty-based Toyota roadside service. Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs, such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are available at Toyota.com. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 493 Safety information for Safety Connect Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect. ■ Exposure to radio frequency signals The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio frequency (RF) signals. In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wireless phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standards previously set by the following U.S. and international standards bodies. ● ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992] ● NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement) Report 86 [1986] ● ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) [1996] Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engineers, and physicians from universities, and government health agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1). ■ Certification for Safety Connect FCC ID: O6Y-CDMRF101 FCC ID: XOECDMRF101B FCC ID: N7NGTM2 NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in addition to those standards. 6 494 6-4. Using the other interior features Compass∗ The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direction in which the vehicle is heading. Operation To turn the compass on or off, press the button for more than 3 seconds. Displays and directions Display Direction N North NE Northeast E East SE Southeast S South SW Southwest W West NW Northwest ∗: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 495 Calibrating the compass The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according to the geographic position of the vehicle. If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will deviate. To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following. ■ Deviation calibration 1 Stop the vehicle. 6 seconds. A number (1 to 15) appears on the compass display. 3 Press the switch and referring to the map above, select the num- ber of the zone where you are. If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the calibration is complete. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features 2 Press and hold the button for 6 496 6-4. Using the other interior features ■ Circling calibration 1 Stop the vehicle in a place where it is safe to drive in a circle. 2 Press and hold the button for 9 seconds. “C” appears on the compass display. 3 Drive the vehicle at 5 mph (8 km/h) or less in a circle until a direction is displayed. If there is not enough space to drive in a circle, drive around the block until the direction is displayed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6-4. Using the other interior features 497 ■ Conditions unfavorable to correct operation The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions: ● The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning. ● The vehicle is on an inclined surface. ● The vehicle is in a place where the earth's magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking lot, under a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near an intersection, near a large vehicle, etc.). ● The vehicle has become magnetized. (There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.) ● The battery has been disconnected. ● A door is open. WARNING ■ While driving the vehicle Do not adjust the display. Adjust the display only when the vehicle is stopped. ■ When doing the circling calibration Secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling calibration. 6 ■ To avoid compass malfunctions Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror. Doing this may cause the compass sensor to malfunction. ■ To ensure normal operation of the compass ● Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the earth's magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields. ● During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Interior features NOTICE 498 6-4. Using the other interior features HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 499 Maintenance and care 7 7-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior.......... 500 Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior........... 504 7-2. Maintenance Maintenance requirements ................... 507 General maintenance ................... 510 Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs......................... 513 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Do-it-yourself service precautions ..................... 514 Hood ................................. 516 Positioning a floor jack ................................. 518 Engine compartment......... 519 Tires .................................. 531 Tire inflation pressure ....... 542 Wheels .............................. 545 Air conditioning filter.......... 547 Wireless remote control/electronic key battery ............................. 549 Checking and replacing fuses ............................... 552 Light bulbs......................... 556 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 500 7-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime condition: ● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt and dust. ● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois. ● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water. ● Wipe away any water. ● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates. If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle body is cool. ■ Automatic car washes ● Before washing the vehicle: • Fold the mirrors. • Turn off the power back door (if equipped). Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving. ● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and harm your vehicle’s paint. ■ High pressure car washes ● Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of the windows. ● Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is closed properly. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-1. Maintenance and care 501 ■ When using a car wash (vehicles with a smart key system) If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the following correction procedures to wash the vehicle: ● Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.) ● Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. (→P. 143) ■ Aluminum wheels ● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical cleaners. Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint. ● Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after driving for long distance in the hot weather. ● Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use. ■ Bumpers Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 502 7-1. Maintenance and care WARNING ■ When washing the vehicle Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may cause the electrical components etc. to catch fire. ■ When cleaning the windshield (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) Set the wiper switch to off. If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate unexpectedly in the following situations, and may result in hands being caught or other serious injuries and cause damage to the wiper blades. Off ● When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is located is touched by hand ● When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor ● If something bumps against the windshield ● If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps into the raindrop sensor ■ Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot. When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns. ■ Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor (if equipped) If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may malfunction. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-1. Maintenance and care 503 NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care ■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and components (aluminum wheels etc.) ● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases: • After driving near the sea coast • After driving on salted roads • If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface • If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the paint surface • After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust, iron powder or chemical substances • If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud • If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface ● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately. ● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place with low humidity when storing the wheels. ■ Cleaning the exterior lights ● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush. This may damage the surfaces of the lights. ● Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause damage to the lenses. ■ When using an automatic car wash (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers) Set the wiper switch to the off position. If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper blades may be damaged. ■ When using a high pressure car wash Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they come into contact with high-pressure water. • Traction related parts • Steering parts • Suspension parts • Brake parts 504 7-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior and keep it in top condition: Protecting the vehicle interior ● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water. ● If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%. Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water. Cleaning the leather areas ● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. ● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with diluted detergent. Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent. ● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off all remaining traces of detergent. ● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area. Cleaning the synthetic leather areas ● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. ● Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%. ● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-1. Maintenance and care 505 ■ Caring for leather areas Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior. ■ Shampooing the carpets There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water. Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible. ■ Seat belts Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts. WARNING ■ Water in the vehicle ● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle. Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire. ● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet. (→P. 42) An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function properly, resulting in death or serious injury. ■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel) Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 506 7-1. Maintenance and care NOTICE ■ Cleaning detergents ● Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces: • Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach • Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alcohol ● Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other interior part’s painted surface may be damaged. ■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of leather surfaces: ● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately. ● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time. Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer. ● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats up significantly. ■ Water on the floor Do not wash the vehicle floor with water. Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust. ■ When cleaning the inside of the windshield Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens. (→P. 275) ■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window and the rear quarter windows ● Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window and the rear quarter windows, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna. ● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-2. Maintenance 507 Maintenance requirements To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance: General maintenance General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer. Scheduled maintenance Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals according to the maintenance schedule. For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Do-it-yourself maintenance You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself. Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage. The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended. For details about warranty coverage, refer to the separate “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 508 7-2. Maintenance ■ Repair and replacement It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage. ■ Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required (U.S.A. only) After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance schedule, please reset the message. To reset the message, follow the procedure described below:  Using the trip meter 1 Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position with the trip meter A reading shown. Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off with the trip meter A reading shown. 2 Vehicles without a smart key system: While pressing the trip meter reset button (→P. 93), turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (do not start the engine, reset mode will be canceled). Vehicles with a smart key system: While pressing the trip meter reset button (→P. 93), turn the engine switch to the IGNITION ON mode (do not start the engine, otherwise the reset mode will be canceled). 3 Continue to press and hold the button until the trip meter displays “000000”.  Using the multi-information display 1 While the engine is running, switch the multi-information display to (→P. 99) 2 Select “Maintenance System” on 3 Select “Yes” on the “Maintenance System” screen. . of the multi-information display. “Initialization Completed” will be displayed on the multi-information display when the reset procedure has been completed. ■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer ● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations of all systems on your vehicle. ● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-2. Maintenance 509 WARNING ■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and possible death or serious injury. ■ Handling of the battery ● Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a well ventilated area. ● Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately. ● Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after handling. (→P. 527) 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 510 7-2. Maintenance General maintenance Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Scheduled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice. Engine compartment Items Check points Battery Check the connections. Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (→P. 526) Engine coolant Is the engine coolant at the correct level? (→P. 524) Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (→P. 521) Exhaust system There should not be any fumes or strange sounds. Radiator/condenser The radiator and condenser should be free from foreign objects. (→P. 525) Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) (→P. 527) (→P. 530) 7-2. Maintenance 511 Vehicle interior Items Accelerator pedal Check points • The accelerator pedal should move smoothly (without uneven pedal effort or catching). Automatic transmission • When parked on a slope and the shift lever is “Park” mechanism in P, is the vehicle securely stopped? Brakes • The vehicle should not pull to one side when the brakes are applied. • The brakes should work effectively. • The brake pedal should not feel spongy. • The brake pedal should not get too close to the floor when the brakes are applied. Head restraints • Do the head restraints move smoothly and lock securely? Indicators/buzzers • Do the indicators and buzzers function properly? Lights • Do all the lights come on? Parking brake • Does the parking brake move smoothly? • When parked on a slope and the parking brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped? Seat belts • Do the seat belts operate smoothly? • The seat belts should not be damaged. Seats • Do the seat controls operate properly? Steering wheel • Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly? • Does the steering wheel have the correct amount of free play? • There should not be any strange sounds coming from the steering wheel. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care Brake pedal • Does the brake pedal move smoothly? • Does the brake pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor? (→P. 659) • Does the brake pedal have the correct amount of free play? (→P. 659) 512 7-2. Maintenance Vehicle exterior Items Check points Doors • Do the doors operate smoothly? Engine hood • Does the engine hood lock system work properly? Fluid leaks • There should not be any signs of fluid leakage after the vehicle has been parked. Tires • Is the tire inflation pressure correct? • The tires should not be damaged or excessively worn. • Have the tires been rotated according to the maintenance schedule? • The wheel nuts should not be loose. • The wiper blades should not show any signs of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or Windshield wipers/rear deformation. window wiper • The wiper blades should clear the windshield/ rear window without streaking or skipping. WARNING ■ If the engine is running Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before performing maintenance checks. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-2. Maintenance 513 Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system. If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations: ● When the battery is disconnected or discharged Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may not be completely set. ● When the fuel tank cap is loose The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test. The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times. If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after several driving trips 514 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Do-it-yourself service precautions If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the correct procedure as given in these sections. Items Battery condition (→P. 527) Brake fluid level (→P. 526) Parts and tools • Warm water • Baking soda • Grease • Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts) • FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid • Rag or paper towel • Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid) • “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with longlife hybrid organic acid technology For U.S.A.: Engine coolant “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with level (→P. 524) 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. For Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. • Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant) Engine oil level (→P. 521) • “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent • Rag or paper towel • Funnel (used only for adding engine oil) Fuses (→P. 552) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original Light bulbs (→P. 556) • Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original • Phillips-head screwdriver • Flathead screwdriver Radiator and condenser (→P. 525) • Wrench ⎯ Tire inflation • Tire pressure gauge pressure • Compressed air source (→P. 542) • Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winWasher fluid ter use) (→P. 530) • Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 515 WARNING NOTICE ■ If you remove the air cleaner filter Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear due to dirt in the air. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or serious injury, observe the following precautions. ■ When working on the engine compartment ● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine drive belt. ● Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot. ● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the engine compartment. ● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the battery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable. ● Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid. ■ When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille Vehicles without a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 525) Vehicles with a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 525) ■ Safety glasses Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from getting in your eyes. 516 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Hood Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood. 1 Pull the hood lock release lever. The hood will pop up slightly. 2 Pull up the auxiliary catch lever and lift the hood. 3 Hold the hood open by inserting the support rod into the slot. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 517 WARNING ■ Pre-driving check Check that the hood is fully closed and locked. If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury. ■ After installing the support rod into the slot Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling down onto your head or body. NOTICE ■ When closing the hood Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing the hood with the support rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 518 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Positioning a floor jack When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual provided with the jack and perform the operation safely. When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury. ◆ Front ◆ Rear HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 519 Engine compartment ■ 2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 1 Washer fluid tank 2 Fuse boxes (→P. 530) (→P. 552) 3 Engine oil level dipstick (→P. 521) (→P. 522) 5 Engine coolant reservoir (→P. 524) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) (→P. 527) 7 Brake fluid reservoir (→P. 526) 8 Electric cooling fans 9 Condenser (→P. 525) 10 Radiator (→P. 525) 7 Maintenance and care 4 Engine oil filler cap 6 Battery 520 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ 3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 1 Washer fluid tank 2 Fuse boxes (→P. 530) (→P. 552) 3 Engine oil filler cap (→P. 522) 4 Engine oil level dipstick (→P. 521) 5 Engine coolant reservoir (→P. 524) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 6 Battery (→P. 527) 7 Brake fluid reservoir (→P. 526) 8 Electric cooling fans 9 Condenser (→P. 525) 10 Radiator (→P. 525) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 521 Engine oil With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dipstick. ■ Checking the engine oil 1 Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine. 2 Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 3 Wipe the dipstick clean. 4 Reinsert the dipstick fully. 5 Holding a rag under the end, 1 Low 2 Normal 3 Excessive 6 Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care pull the dipstick out and check the oil level. 522 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ Adding engine oil If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of the same type as that already in the engine.  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before adding oil. Engine oil selection →P. 654  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine Oil quantity (Low → Full) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 1.9 qt. (1.8 L, 1.6 Imp. qt.) Items Clean funnel 1 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise. 2 Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick. 3 Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise. ■ Engine oil consumption A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be refilled in between oil maintenance intervals. ● When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or after replacing the engine ● If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used ● When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently ● When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently through heavy traffic HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 523 ■ If the oil is spilled on the engine cover (vehicles with 3.5 L V6 [2GR-FKS] engine) To prevent the engine cover from being damaged, remove any engine oil from the engine cover as soon as possible using a neutral detergent. Do not use an organic solvent such as brake cleaner. WARNING ■ Used engine oil ● Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water. ● Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information concerning recycling or disposal. ● Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care ■ To prevent serious engine damage Check the oil level on a regular basis. ■ When replacing the engine oil ● Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components. ● Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged. ● Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle. ● Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened. 524 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Engine coolant The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold. 1 Reservoir cap 2 “FULL” line 3 “LOW” line If the level is on or below the “LOW” line, add coolant up to the “FULL” line. ■ Coolant selection Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31°F [-35°C]) Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -44°F [-42°C]) For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer. ■ If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock and water pump. If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for leaks in the cooling system. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 525 WARNING ■ When the engine is hot Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap and radiator cap. The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns. NOTICE ■ When adding coolant Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label. ■ If you spill coolant Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint. Radiator and condenser Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects. If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. WARNING ■ When the engine is hot Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause serious injuries, such as burns. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 526 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Brake fluid ■ Checking fluid level The brake fluid level should be between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the tank. ■ Adding fluid Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item. Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid Item Clean funnel ■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid. WARNING ■ When filling the reservoir Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor. NOTICE ■ If the fluid level is low or high It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high. If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 527 Battery Check the battery as follows: ■ Battery exterior Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps. 1 Terminals 2 Hold-down clamp ■ Before recharging When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging: ● If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable. ● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and disconnecting the charger cables to the battery. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 528 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart key system) The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the system. 1 Shift the shift lever to P. 2 Open and close any of the doors. 3 Restart the engine. ● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible immediately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors. ● Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will operate normally from the second attempt. ● The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is disconnected and reconnected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when connecting the battery if the engine switch mode prior to the battery being disconnected is unknown. If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota dealer. WARNING ■ Chemicals in the battery Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the battery: ● Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools. ● Do not smoke or light a match near the battery. ● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes. ● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte. ● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery. ● Keep children away from the battery. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 529 WARNING ■ Where to safely charge the battery Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation. ■ How to recharge the battery Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if charged at a quicker rate. ■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte ● If electrolyte gets in your eyes Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility. ● If electrolyte gets on your skin Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately. ● If electrolyte gets on your clothes It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary. ● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention immediately. NOTICE ■ When recharging the battery Never recharge the battery while the engine is operating. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 530 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Washer fluid If any washer does not work or the warning message appears on the multi-information display, the washer tank may be empty. Add washer fluid. WARNING ■ When adding washer fluid Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc. NOTICE ■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid. Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces. ■ Diluting washer fluid Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary. Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bottle. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 531 Tires Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear. Checking tires Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the tread. Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated. 1 New tread 2 Worn tread 3 Treadwear indicator HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “Δ” mark, etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire. Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire. 532 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Tire rotation Rotate the tires in the order shown.  Vehicles with compact spare tire Front  Vehicles with full-size spare tire Front Do not fail to initialize the tire pressure warning system after tire rotation. To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 533 Tire pressure warning system Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise. If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is warned by a warning light. (→P. 584) ◆ Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must also be installed. When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 535) ◆ Initializing the tire pressure warning system ■ The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol- lowing circumstances: ● When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when changing traveling speed or load weight. When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 534 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ How to initialize the tire pressure warning system 1 Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system). Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving. 2 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (→P. 660) Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate based on this pressure level. 3 Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). 4 Press and hold the tire pres- sure warning reset switch until the tire pressure warning light blinks slowly 3 times. 5 Vehicles without a smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with the engine switch in the “ON” position and then turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode and then turn the engine switch off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 535 ◆ Registering ID codes The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code registered by your Toyota dealer. ■ When to replace your vehicle’s tires Tires should be replaced if: ● The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire. ● You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage ● A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size or location of a cut or other damage If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer. ■ Replacing tires and wheels If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction. ■ Tire life Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious. ■ Proper storage of the spare tire As an improperly stored spare tire may cause damage to the wire cable that holds it, check that the spare tire is stored properly on a daily basis. 7 ● If the stored spare tire is slanted or • If the spare tire is slanted, the hoist assembly may be stuck in the wheel opening. If the spare tire rattles while driving, it may not be fully raised. Lower the spare tire to the ground and make sure that the hoist assembly is perpendicular to the wheel opening. • Raise the tire slowly and steadily until a click is heard and the jack handle skips. • If the spare tire cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care causes a rattle while driving, properly store the spare tire by following the tire change procedure correctly (→P. 608). 536 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ Routine tire inflation pressure checks The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine of daily vehicle checks. ■ Maximum load of tire Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater. For the GAWR, see the Certification Label. For the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire. (→P. 667) ■ Tire types ● Summer tires Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires. ● All season tires All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance compared with summer tires in highway driving. ● Snow tires For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 339) ■ If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 537 ■ Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper- ate properly ● In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly. • If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used. • A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equipment) tire. • A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size. • Tire chains etc. are equipped. • An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped. • If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed. • If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the wheels or wheel housings. • If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified level. • If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal reception.* • If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is put in the luggage compartment.* *: Vehicles with a full-size spare tire only ● Performance may be affected in the following situations. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care • Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise • When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device ● When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off could be extended. ● When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has burst, the warning may not function. 538 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ The initialization operation ● Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres- sure. Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire inflation pressure adjustment. ● If you have accidentally turned the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system) during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch again as initialization will restart automatically when the engine switch has been turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) for the next time. ● If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not necessary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires are cold, and conduct initialization again. ■ When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ● When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure warning light does not blink 3 times. ● After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for 20 minutes. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 539 ■ Tire pressure warning system certification HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care TRW Automotive Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor FCC ID: GQ4-51T This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by TRW Automotive U.S. LLC could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. TRW Automotive Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor Model: 228408 IC: 1470A-32T MADE IN U.S.A This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’lndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage. 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by TRW Automotive U.S. LLC could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. FCC ID: PAXPMVC010 NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. 540 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance NOTE: Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. NOTE: L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu, même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif. WARNING ■ When inspecting or replacing tires Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ● Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns. Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear. ● Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota. ● Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply tires). ● Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires. ● Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow if your vehicle has a compact spare tire installed. ■ When initializing the tire pressure warning system Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 541 NOTICE ■ Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves, transmitters and tire valve caps ● When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled correctly. ● Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the tire pressure warning valves could be bound. ● When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than those specified. The cap may become stuck. ■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 533) ■ Driving on rough roads Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes. These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s wheels and body. ■ If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined. 7 542 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are displayed on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 660) Inspection and adjustment procedure 1 Tire valve 2 Tire pressure gauge 1 Remove the tire valve cap. 2 Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve. 3 Read the pressure using the gauge gradations. 4 If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust the pressure. If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate. 5 After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage. 6 Put the tire valve cap back on. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 543 ■ Tire inflation pressure check interval You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once a month. Do not forget to check the spare. ■ Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following: ● Reduced fuel economy ● Reduced driving comfort and poor handling ● Reduced tire life due to wear ● Reduced safety ● Damage to the drive train If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer. ■ Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following: ● Check only when the tires are cold. If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading. ● Always use a tire pressure gauge. It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appearance. ● It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. ● Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is balanced. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 544 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance WARNING ■ Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance Keep your tires properly inflated. If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury: ● Excessive wear ● Uneven wear ● Poor handling ● Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires ● Air leaking from between tire and wheel ● Wheel deformation and/or tire damage ● Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards, expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.) NOTICE ■ When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on. If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 545 Wheels If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss of handling control. Wheel selection When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and inset*. Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer. *: Conventionally referred to as “offset”. Toyota does not recommend using the following: ● Wheels of different sizes or types ● Used wheels ● Bent wheels that have been straightened Aluminum wheel precautions ■ When replacing wheels The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure. Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be installed. (→P. 533) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care ● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with your aluminum wheels. ● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km). ● Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire chains. ● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels. 546 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance WARNING ■ When replacing wheels ● Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control. ● Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious injury. ■ When installing the wheel nuts ● Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the tapered ends facing inward. Installing the nuts with the tapered ends facing outward can cause the wheel to break and eventually cause the wheel to come off while driving, which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Tapered portion ● Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened, leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. NOTICE ■ Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters ● Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn- ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your Toyota dealer. ● Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle. Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with non-genuine wheels. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 547 Air conditioning filter The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air conditioning efficiency. Removal method 1 Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off. 2 Open the glove box. Slide off the damper. 3 Push in the glove box on the vehicle’s outer side to disconnect the claws. Then pull out the glove box and disconnect the lower claws. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 4 Pull down the cover. 7 548 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 5 Remove the filter cover. 6 Remove the air conditioning fil- ter and replace it with a new one. The “↑UP” marks shown on the filter should be pointing up. ■ Checking interval Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Schedule maintenance guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) ■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary. NOTICE ■ When using the air conditioning system Make sure that a filter is always installed. Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the system. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 549 Wireless remote control/electronic key battery Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted. You will need the following items: ● Flathead screwdriver ● Small flathead screwdriver ● Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system), or CR2032 (vehicles with a smart key system) Replacing the battery  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Remove the cover. To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a rag. To prevent the buttons from being disassembled, face the button surface downward. 2 Remove the module. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 550 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 3 Open the case cover using a coin protected with tape etc. and remove the depleted battery using a small flathead screwdriver. Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up.  Vehicles with a smart key system 1 Take out the mechanical key. 2 Remove the cover. To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a rag. 3 Remove the depleted battery. Insert a new battery with the “+” terminal facing up. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 551 ■ Use a CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system) or CR2032 (vehicles with a smart key system) lithium battery ● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance shops or camera stores. ● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. ● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws. ■ If the key battery is depleted The following symptoms may occur: ● The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not function properly. ● The operational range will be reduced. WARNING ■ Removed battery and other parts These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking. Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious injury. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7 Maintenance and care ■ For normal operation after replacing the battery Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents: ● Always work with dry hands. Moisture may cause the battery to rust. ● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control. ● Do not bend either of the battery terminals. 552 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Checking and replacing fuses If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary. 1 Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position. Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off. 2 Open the fuse box cover.  Engine compartment (type A fuse box) Push the tab in and lift the lid off.  Engine compartment (type B fuse box) Push the tab in and lift the lid off. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance  553 Under the driver’s side instrument panel Remove the lid. 3 Remove the fuse with the pull- out tool. Only type A fuses can be removed using the pullout tool. 7 Maintenance and care HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 554 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 4 Check if the fuse is blown. 1 Normal fuse 2 Blown fuse Type A and B: Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid. Type C: Contact your Toyota dealer.  Type A  Type C HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  Type B 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 555 ■ After a fuse is replaced ● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may need replacement. (→P. 556) ● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ■ If there is an overload in a circuit The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage. ■ When replacing light bulbs Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be unusable. WARNING ■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or injury. ● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use any other object in place of a fuse. ● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent. Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix. ● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes. NOTICE HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care ■ Before replacing fuses Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. 7 556 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Light bulbs You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer. For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer. Preparing for light bulb replacement Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (→P. 663) Turning off the power back door main switch (if equipped) →P. 126 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 557 Bulb locations ■ Front 1 Headlight high beam/day- time running equipped) light (if 2 Headlight low beam 4 Front turn signal light/park- ing light (if equipped) 5 Front side marker light 3 Front fog light (if equipped) ■ Rear 7 Maintenance and care 1 Rear turn signal light 2 Back-up light HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 3 License plate lights 558 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance Replacing light bulbs ■ Headlight low beams 1 For the right side only: Remove the washer fluid tank opening. 2 Turn the cover counterclock- wise. 3 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise. 4 Unplug the connector while pressing the lock release. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 559 5 Replace the light bulb, and install the bulb base. Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb with the mounting and insert. 6 Turn and secure the bulb base. Shake the bulb base gently to check that it is not loose, turn the headlight low beams on once and visually confirm that no light is leaking through the mounting. 7 Turn the cover clockwise and install it. 7 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 8 For the right side only: Install the washer fluid tank. 560 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ Headlight high beams/daytime running lights (if equipped) 1 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise. 2 Unplug the connector while pressing the lock release. 3 Replace the light bulb, and install the bulb base. Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb with the mounting, and insert. 4 Turn and secure the bulb base. Shake the bulb base gently to check that it is not loose, turn the headlights on once and visually confirm that no light is leaking through the mounting. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 561 ■ Front turn signal lights/parking lights (if equipped) 1 Remove the 2 clips and remove the side cover. 2 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise. 3 Remove the light bulb. 7 5 Install the side cover and then install the 2 clips. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 4 Install by conducting 3 and 2 with the directions reversed. 562 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ Front side marker lights 1 Remove the 2 clips and remove the side cover. 2 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise. 3 Remove the light bulb. 4 Install by conducting 2 and 3 with the directions reversed. 5 Install the side cover and then install the 2 clips. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 563 ■ Front fog lights (if equipped) 1 Remove the 3 screws and partly remove the fender liner. 2 Unplug the connector while pressing the lock release. 3 Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise. 7 Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb with the mounting and insert. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 4 Install a new light bulb. 564 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 5 Turn clockwise and secure the bulb base. 6 Install the connector. Shake the connector gently to check that it is not loose, turn the front fog lights on once and visually confirm that no light is leaking through the mounting. 7 When installing the fender liner, install by conducting 1 with the directions reversed. Make sure that the fender liner is attached to the inside of the bumper. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 565 ■ Rear turn signal lights 1 Open the back door and remove the cover. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the cover and remove it as shown in the illustration. To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with a tape. 2 Remove the 2 screws, and remove the lamp assembly by pulling it directly backward from the rear of the vehicle. 3 Remove the wire harness. 7 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 4 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. 566 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 5 Remove the light bulb. 6 When installing the light bulb, install by conducting 5 , 4 and 3 with the directions reversed. 7 Install the lamp assembly and then install the 2 screws. Align the guide ( 1 ) and pin ( 2 ) on the lamp assembly with the mounting when installing it. 8 Install the cover. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 567 ■ Back-up lights 1 Open the back door and remove the cover. Insert a flathead screwdriver or similar into the hole at the top of the cover and remove it as shown in the illustration. To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with a tape. 2 Turn the bulb base counterclockwise. 3 Remove the light bulb. 7 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care 4 When installing, reverse the steps listed. 568 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance ■ License plate lights 1 Remove the lens. Insert a properly sized screwdriver into the hole of the lens on the inner side and disengage the claw and pry the lens toward the outer side as shown in the illustration. To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the tip of the screwdriver with tape. 2 Remove the light bulb. 3 When installing, reverse the steps listed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 569 ■ Replacing the following bulbs If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by your Toyota dealer. ● Side turn signal lights ● Daytime running lights/parking lights (LED type) ● Stop lights ● Rear side marker lights ● Stop/tail lights ● High mounted stoplight ● Outer foot lights (if equipped) ■ LED light bulbs The side turn signal lights, daytime running lights/parking lights (LED type), stop lights, rear side marker lights, stop/tail lights, high mounted stoplight and outer foot lights (if equipped) consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burns out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced. ■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not indicate a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations: ● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens. ● Water has built up inside the headlight. ■ When replacing light bulbs →P. 555 7 WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Maintenance and care ■ Replacing light bulbs ● Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after turning off the lights. The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns. ● Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb. Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack. ● Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens. ■ To prevent damage or fire Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked. 570 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 571 When trouble arises 8 8-1. Essential information Emergency flashers .......... 572 If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency ...................... 573 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency If your vehicle needs to be towed ..................... 575 If you think something is wrong .......................... 579 Fuel pump shut off system ............................ 580 If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds ............................ 581 If a warning message is displayed ..................... 591 If you have a flat tire.......... 608 If the engine will not start ........................... 633 If the electronic key does not operate properly........ 635 If the vehicle battery is discharged................... 638 If your vehicle overheats ........................ 644 If the vehicle becomes stuck ............................... 647 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 572 8-1. Essential information Emergency flashers The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc. Press the switch. All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn them off, press the switch once again. ■ Emergency flashers If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not operating, the battery may discharge. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-1. Essential information 573 If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following procedure: 1 Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it. Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort required to slow the vehicle. 2 Shift the shift lever to N.  If the shift lever is shifted to N 3 After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road. 4 Stop the engine.  If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N 3 Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle speed as much as possible. 4 Vehicles without a smart key system: Stop the engine by turning the engine switch to the “ACC” position. 8 tem: To stop the engine, press and hold the engine switch for 2 consecutive seconds or more, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession. Press and hold for 2 seconds or more, or press briefly 3 times or more 5 Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises 4 Vehicles with a smart key sys- 574 8-1. Essential information WARNING ■ If the engine has to be turned off while driving ● Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine. ● Vehicles without a smart key system: Never attempt to remove the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 575 If your vehicle needs to be towed If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service, using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck. Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/ provincial and local laws. 2WD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck from the front, the vehicle’s rear wheels and axles must be in good conditions. (→P. 576, 577) If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flatbed truck. AWD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck, use a towing dolly. (→P. 576, 577) Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing. ● The engine is running but the vehicle does not move. ● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound. Towing with a sling-type truck Do not tow with a sling-type truck to prevent body damage. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 576 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Towing with a wheel-lift type truck  From the front (2WD models) Release the parking brake.  From the rear Use a towing dolly under the front wheels. Using a flatbed truck If your vehicle is transported by a flatbed truck, it should be tied down at the locations shown in the illustration. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  From the front (AWD models) Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels. 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 577 If you use chains or cables to tie down your vehicle, the angles shaded in black must be 45°. Do not overly tighten the tie downs or the vehicle may be damaged. WARNING Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. ■ When towing the vehicle 2WD models: Be sure to transport the vehicle with the front wheels raised or with all four wheels raised off the ground. If the vehicle is towed with the front wheels contacting the ground, the drivetrain and related parts may be damaged. AWD models: Be sure to transport the vehicle with all four wheels raised off the ground. If the vehicle is towed with the tires contacting the ground, the drivetrain or related parts may be damaged, the vehicle may fly off the truck. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 578 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE ■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type truck ● Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is in the “LOCK” position or the key is removed. The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight. ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is off. The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight. ● When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the vehicle could be damaged while being towed. ■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear. ■ Recreational towing (behind motor home, etc.) Never dinghy tow your vehicle to prevent causing serious damage to the Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models) and transmission. (→P. 217) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 579 If you think something is wrong If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Visible symptoms ● Fluid leaks under the vehicle. (Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.) ● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear ● Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher than normal. Audible symptoms ● Changes in exhaust sound ● Excessive tire squeal when cornering ● Strange noises related to the suspension system ● Pinging or other noises related to the engine Operational symptoms ● Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly ● Appreciable loss of power ● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking ● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road ● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches the floor 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 580 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Fuel pump shut off system To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops the supply of fuel to the engine. Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is activated.  Vehicles without a smart key system 1 Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. 2 Restart the engine.  Vehicles with a smart key system 1 Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or turn it off. 2 Restart the engine. NOTICE ■ Before starting the engine Inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 581 If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Warning light and warning buzzer list Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions (U.S.A.) Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*1 Indicates that: • The brake fluid level is low; or • The brake system is malfunctioning → Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous. (Canada) (U.S.A.) (Canada) Malfunction indicator lamp Indicates a malfunction in: • The electronic engine control system; • The electronic throttle control system; or • The electronic automatic transmission control system. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. (U.S.A.) (Canada) ABS warning light Indicates a malfunction in: • The ABS; or • The brake assist system → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises SRS warning light Indicates a malfunction in: • The SRS airbag system; • The front passenger occupant classification system; or • The seat belt pretensioner system → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. 582 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning light (U.S.A.) Warning light/Details/Actions Parking brake warning light (warning buzzer)*2 Indicates that the parking brake is engaged → Release the parking brake. (Canada) Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer) Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) system → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. Slip indicator Indicates a malfunction in: • The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system; • The TRAC (Traction Control) system; • The Trailer Sway Control; • The hill-start assist control system; or • The downhill assist control system*3 The light will flash when the VSC, TRAC or Trailer Sway Control system is operating. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. Low fuel level warning light Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.9 gal. (10.7 L, 2.4 Imp. gal.) or less → Refuel the vehicle. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)*4 Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their seat belts → Fasten the seat belt. If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off. Rear seat seat belt reminder lights (warning buzzer)*5 Warns the second and/or third seat passengers to fasten their seat belts. An indicator corresponding to an unfastened second or third seat seat belt will illuminate. → Fasten the seat belt. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning light 583 Warning light/Details/Actions PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light When the warning light flashes (and a buzzer sounds): Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision system) → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. When the warning light flashes (and a buzzer does not sound): Indicates that the PCS (Pre-Collision system) is temporarily unavailable, possibly due to either of the following: • An area around the radar sensor or camera sensor being dirty or covered with condensation, ice, stickers, etc. → Clear the dirt, condensation, ice, stickers, etc. (→P. 256) • Radar sensor or camera sensor operational conditions (such as temperature etc.) being not met → Driving is possible in this case. The PCS (Pre-Collision System) will be enabled if the operational conditions (such as temperature etc.) are met again. When the warning light is illuminated: Either the VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system or PCS (Pre-Collision system) is disabled or both are disabled. → To enable the PCS, enable both the VSC system and PCS. (→P. 265, 334) (Amber) Stop & Start cancel indicator*3 Indicates a malfunction in the Stop & Start system (The Stop & Start cancel indicator will come on when the system is canceled.: →P. 298) → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises (Flashes) LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) indicator The indicator comes on and a warning message is displayed to indicate that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system is not available temporarily or has detected a malfunction. → P. 592 584 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions Master warning light A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and flashes to indicate that the master warning system has detected a malfunction. → P. 591 Tire pressure warning light When the light comes on: Low tire inflation pressure such as • Natural causes (→P. 586) • Flat tire (→P. 608) → Adjust the tire inflation pressure (including the full-size spare tire) to the specified level. The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by your Toyota dealer. When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute: Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system (→P. 587) → Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 585 *1: Brake system warning buzzer: When there is a possible problem that could affect braking performance, the warning light will come on and a warning buzzer will sound. *2: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer: →P. 594 * : If equipped *4: Driver’s seat belt buzzer: 3 Vehicles without a smart key system: The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds. Vehicles with a smart key system: The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds. Front passenger’s seat belt buzzer: The front passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds. *5: Rear seat seat belt buzzer: HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises The second and third passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the second and third passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds for 6 seconds after the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 24 more seconds. 586 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency ■ SRS warning light This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (rear), driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors), “AIR BAG ON” indicator light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, driver’s seat belt pretensioner, front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (→P. 42) ■ Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning buzzer If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat. ■ If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving First check the following: ● Is the fuel tank empty? If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately. ● Is the fuel tank cap loose? If it is, tighten it securely. The light will go off after several driving trips. If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. ■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer) When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the warning buzzer may sound. ■ When the tire pressure warning light comes on Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Pushing the tire pressure warning reset switch will not turn off the tire pressure warning light. ■ The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light (after a few minutes). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 587 ■ When a tire is replaced with a spare tire  Vehicles with a compact spare tire The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.  Vehicles with a full-size spare tire The spare tire is also equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. The tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire inflation pressure of the spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even though the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the tire pressure warning light does not turn off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust to the proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn off after a few minutes. ■ Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function properly →P. 537 ■ If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1 minute If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1 minute when the engine switch is turned on, have it checked by your Toyota dealer. ■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled. (Customizable features →P. 690) However, Toyota recommends that the seat belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passenger when seat belts are not fastened. ■ Warning buzzer In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an audio sound. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 588 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. ■ When the electric power steering system warning light comes on The steering wheel may become extremely heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual. ■ If the tire pressure warning light comes on Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury. ● Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire inflation pressure immediately. ● If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer. ● Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes. ■ If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 589 WARNING ■ Maintenance of the tires HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to continue to function properly. 590 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE ■ To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 591 If a warning message is displayed If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm and perform the following actions: 1 Master warning light The master warning light also comes on or flashes in order to indicate that a message is currently being displayed on the multiinformation display. 2 Multi-information display If any of the warning message or indicator comes on again after the following actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 592 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message and warning buzzer list Warning message Details/Actions Indicates that: • There is a high possibility of a frontal collision; or • The pre-collision braking function is operating A buzzer also sounds. → Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes. Indicates that the engine was stopped with the shift lever not in P A buzzer also sounds. → Shift the shift lever to P. (Flashes) Indicates that the engine was stopped while driving A buzzer also sounds. → Stop the vehicle in a safe place such as the shoulder of a road. (Flashes) Indicates that your vehicle is nearing the vehicle ahead (in vehicle-to-vehicle distance mode) A buzzer also sounds. → Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes. (Amber) (Flashes) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the lane (while the LDA [Lane Departure Alert with steering control] system is operating) • The lane line on the side the vehicle has deviated from flashes in amber. • A buzzer also sounds. → Check around the vehicle and back to inside of the lane lines. 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message 593 Details/Actions Indicates that one or more of the doors is not fully closed The system also indicates which doors are not fully closed. If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/ h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi- cate that the door(s) are not yet fully closed. → Make sure that all the doors are closed. Indicates that the hood is not fully closed If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/ h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi- cate that the hood is not yet fully closed. → Close the hood. Indicates that the back door is not fully closed If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/ h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi- cate that the back door is not yet fully closed. → Close the back door. Indicates that the glass hatch is not fully closed If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/ h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi- cate that the glass hatch is not yet fully closed. → Close the glass hatch. (If equipped) 8 (If equipped) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking assist-sensor The assist-sensors flash. A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. 594 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message Details/Actions Indicates that an intuitive parking assist-sensor is dirty or covered with ice A buzzer also sounds. → Clean the sensor. (If equipped) Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. (U.S.A.) (Canada) (Flashes) Indicates that the vehicle is being driven at 3 mph (5 km/h) or more with the parking brake still engaged A buzzer also sounds. → Release the parking brake. Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system has determined that the driver does not have their hands on the steering wheel while the steering control function is on If the system continues to determine that the driver does not have his hands on the steering wheel, comes on and a buzzer also sounds. → Firmly hold the steering wheel. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message 595 Details/Actions Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is too high A buzzer also sounds. → P. 644 Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system. → Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous. Indicates that the radar sensor is dirty or covered with ice A buzzer also sounds. → Clean the sensor. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises Indicates that the dynamic radar cruise control system cannot be used temporarily due to bad weather A buzzer also sounds. → Use the dynamic radar cruise control system when it becomes available again. 596 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message (Amber) (If equipped) Details/Actions The LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system is temporarily canceled due to a malfunction in a sensor other than the camera sensor. A buzzer also sounds. → Turn the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system off and follow the appropriate troubleshooting procedures for warning message. Afterward, drive the vehicle for a short time, and then turn the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system back on. Indicates that a Blind Spot Monitor sensor or the surrounding area on the rear bumper is dirty or covered with snow, ice, etc. or that a sensor is misaligned A buzzer also sounds. → Clean off the dirt, snow, ice, etc. and drive the vehicle with the operation conditions of the BSM function (→P. 321) satisfied for approximately 10 minutes. If the warning message does not disappear, the sensor may be misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Indicates a malfunction in the dynamic radar cruise control system. • Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press the button again to reactivate the system. • A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. (Amber) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message (Flashes) (Flashes) (Amber) (Amber) 597 Details/Actions The operation conditions of the camera sensor (temperature, etc.) are not met. → When the operation conditions of the camera sensor (temperature, etc.) are met, the following systems will become available. • PCS (Pre-Collision System) • LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system • Dynamic radar cruise control • Automatic High Beam Indicates that dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow, etc., are present on the windshield in front of the camera sensor The following systems will be temporarily unusable. • PCS (Pre-Collision System) • LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system • Dynamic radar cruise control • Automatic High Beam → Tum the system off, remove any dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow, etc., from the windshield, and then turn the system back on. Indicates a malfunction in the pre-collision system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. (If equipped) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Indicates a malfunction in the BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. When trouble arises (Flashes) 8 598 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message Details/Actions Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure A buzzer also sounds. → Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Indicates a malfunction in the AWD system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. (AWD models) Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system cannot be used as the vehicle speed is lower than approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) → Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more. Indicates that LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system cannot be used due to the vehicle speed being too high → Slow down. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message 599 Details/Actions Indicates a malfunction in the Stop & Start system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. (Flashes) Indicates that the engine was stopped while driving A buzzer also sounds. → Operate the steering wheel with more force than usual. Indicates that the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on A buzzer also sounds. → Turn the lights off. (Flashes) (Flashes) (If equipped) Indicates that the moon roof or panoramic moon roof is not fully closed (with the engine switch off, and the driver’s door open) A buzzer also sounds. → Close the moon roof or panoramic moon roof. 8 (Flashes) (AWD models) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises Indicates that the AWD system is not currently functional A buzzer also sounds. → Reduce vehicle speed or stop the vehicle in a safe place until the warnings clear. In this case, do not stop the engine. 600 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message Details/Actions Indicates the AWD system has overheated → Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. (Flashes) (AWD models) Indicates a malfunction in the brake override system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Indicates a malfunction in the Automatic High Beam system A buzzer also sounds. → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedal are being depressed simultaneously → Release the accelerator or brake pedal. (Flashes) Indicates that the washer fluid level is low → Add washer fluid. Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.9 gal. (10.7 L, 2.4 Imp. gal.) or less → Refuel the vehicle. Indicates that the TRAC (Traction Control) system has been deactivated → Turn the TRAC on. (→P. 334) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 601 Warning message Details/Actions (U.S.A. only) Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on the maintenance schedule* should be performed soon. Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the message has been reset. → If necessary, perform maintenance. (U.S.A. only) Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance on the maintenance schedule*. Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km) after the message has been reset. (The indicator will not work properly unless the message has been reset.) → Perform the necessary maintenance. Please reset the message after the maintenance is performed (→P. 508) Indicates that the Automatic High Beam switch is pressed while the headlights are in low beam. → Turn the high beam on and press the Automatic High Beam switch again. Indicates that, since the VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system was turned off, the pre-collision brake system operation is stopped → Turn the VSC on. (→P. 334) 8 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises (Flashes) Indicates that the pre-collision system is temporarily unavailable → Please wait until the system returns. If the message does not disappear, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. 602 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Warning message Details/Actions Indicates that the pre-collision system sensor is dirty, covered with ice, etc. → Remove any dirt, ice, etc. (Flashes) *: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle. ■ Messages displays The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display. ■ Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function properly →P. 537 ■ Warning buzzer →P. 587 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 603 Have the malfunction repaired immediately. (vehicles with a smart key system) After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem, check that the warning message and light go off. Interior buzzer Continuous Exterior buzzer Warning message Details/Actions The driver’s door was opened when the shift lever was not in P and the engine switch was not turned off. → Shift the shift lever to P. ⎯ (Flashes) Continuous Continuous (Displayed alternately) (Flashes) Once Continuous (Displayed alternately) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) An attempt was made to exit the vehicle with the electronic key and lock the doors without first turning the engine switch off when the shift lever was in P. → Turn the engine switch off and lock the doors again. 8 When trouble arises (Flashes) The driver’s door was opened and closed while the electronic key was not in the vehicle, the shift lever was not in P and the engine switch was not turned off. → Shift the shift lever to P. → Bring the electronic key back into the vehicle. 604 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Interior buzzer Once Exterior buzzer Warning message The driver’s door was opened and closed while the electronic key was not in the vehicle, the shift lever was in P and the engine switch was not turned off. → Turn the engine switch off. → Bring the electronic key back into the vehicle. 3 times (Flashes) Once ⎯ (Flashes) 9 times ⎯ (Flashes) ⎯ Details/Actions Continuous (Flashes) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) The electronic key was carried outside the vehicle and a door other than the driver’s door was opened and closed while the engine switch was in a mode other than off. → Bring the electronic key back into the vehicle. The electronic key is not detected when an attempt is made to start the engine. → Start the engine with the electronic key present. An attempt was made to drive when the electronic key was not inside the vehicle. → Confirm that the electronic key is inside the vehicle. An attempt was made to lock the doors using the smart key system while the electronic key was still inside the vehicle. → Retrieve the electronic key from the vehicle and lock the doors again. 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Interior buzzer Once Exterior buzzer Warning message Continuous (Flashes) Once Once Details/Actions An attempt was made to lock either front door by opening a door and putting the inside lock button into the lock position, then closing the door with the electronic key still inside the vehicle. → Retrieve the electronic key from the vehicle and lock the doors again. ⎯ The electronic key has a low battery. → Replace the electronic key battery. (→P. 549) ⎯ The steering lock could not be released within 3 seconds of the engine switch being pressed. → Press the engine switch while depressing the brake pedal and moving the steering wheel left and right. (Flashes) Once 605 Indicates a malfunction in the smart key system → Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. ⎯ 8 (Flashes) When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 606 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Interior buzzer Once Exterior buzzer Warning message ⎯ (Flashes) Once ⎯ Details/Actions • When the doors were unlocked with the mechanical key and then the engine switch was pressed, the electronic key could not be detected in the vehicle. • The electronic key could not be detected in the vehicle even after the engine switch was pressed two consecutive times. → Touch the electronic key to the engine switch while depressing the brake pedal. ⎯ During a engine starting procedure in the event that the electronic key was not functioning properly (→P. 635), the engine switch was touched with the electronic key. → Press the engine switch within 10 seconds of the buzzer sounding. ⎯ Indicates that: • With the engine switch off, the doors were unlocked and then the driver’s door was opened and closed • The engine switch was turned to ACCESSORY mode without starting the engine • The shift lever was shifted to P from another position with the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. → Press the engine switch while depressing the brake pedal. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Interior buzzer Once Exterior buzzer Warning message ⎯ (Flashes) Once ⎯ (Flashes) Continuous ⎯ (Flashes) Once 607 Details/Actions The engine switch has been turned off with the shift lever in a position other than P. → Shift the shift lever to P. After the engine switch has been turned off with the shift lever in a position other than P, the shift lever has been shifted to P. → Turn the engine switch off. Indicates that the engine was stopped in an emergency while driving → To restart the engine, shift the shift lever to N and turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.* Indicates that the engine switch has been pressed while driving → Except when emergency stopping of the vehicle is needed, immediately release the engine switch. ⎯ (Flashes) ■ Messages displays The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display. ■ Warning buzzer →P. 587 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises *: The engine may not be restarted depending on the vehicle condition. 8 608 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency If you have a flat tire Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be replaced with the spare tire. For details about tires: →P. 531 WARNING ■ If you have a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident. Before jacking up the vehicle ● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface. ● Set the parking brake. ● Shift the shift lever to P. ● Stop the engine. ● Turn on the emergency flashers. (→P. 572) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 609 Location of the spare tire, jack and tools 1 Spare tire 4 Jack 2 Jack handles 5 Adapter socket 3 Wheel nut wrench 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 610 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ Using the tire jack Observe the following precautions. Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off the jack, leading to death or serious injury. ● Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or installing and removing tire chains. ● Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire. Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replacing tires on this vehicle. ● Put the jack properly in its jack point. ● Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported by the jack. ● Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup- ported by the jack. ● Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside. ● When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack. ● Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace the tire. ● Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle. ● When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 611 Taking out the jack 1 Pull the strap upwards to open the center deck board. 2 To secure the center deck board, remove the hook on the backside of the center deck board and attach the hook to the head restraint on the third seats as shown. 3 Remove the jack cover. 4 Remove the jack after removing HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises the hook. 8 612 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Taking out the spare tire 1 Pull the strap upwards to open the center deck board. 2 To secure the center deck board, remove the hook on the backside of the center deck board and attach the hook to the head restraint on the third seats as shown. 3 Remove the mat. 4 Remove the cover. If it is difficult to remove the cover, you can use your key. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 613 5 Attach the adapter socket to the spare tire clamp bolt. 6 Assembling the jack handle. Remove the jack handle and assemble it by following these steps. 1 Loosen the screw. 2 Assemble the jack handle and tighten the screw. Check that the screw is firmly tightened. 7 Connect the jack handle to the adapter socket. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise. Turn the jack handle slowly to lower the spare tire. If the handle is turned quickly, the wire cable may slip off of the shaft inside the unit and the tire may not be lowered. If the spare tire cannot be lowered: →P. 620 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises The tire will be lowered completely to the ground. 8 614 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 8 Pull out the spare tire and stand it against the bumper. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  With a compact spare tire  With a full-size spare tire 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency  615 Vehicles with a compact spare tire 9 Fully depress the secondary latch (A) and remove the holding bracket (B) from the hoist assembly (C). 10 Tilt the bracket (B) and pass it through the wheel opening. Then remove the hoist assembly (C). 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 616  8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Vehicles with a full-size spare tire 9 Remove the inside spare tire cover. 10 Fully depress the secondary latch (A) and remove the holding bracket (B) from the hoist assembly (C). 11 Tilt the holding bracket (B) so that it can easily be passed through the wheel opening. After passing the holding bracket through the wheel opening, remove the hoist assembly (C). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 617 12 Remove the outside spare tire cover. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 618 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Replacing a flat tire 1 Chock the tires. Flat tire Front Rear Wheel chock positions Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire 2 Slightly loosen the wheel nuts (one turn). 3 Turn the tire jack portion “A” by hand until the notch of the jack is in contact with the jack point. The jack point guides are located under the rocker panel. They indicate the jack point positions. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 619 4 Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground. 5 Remove all the wheel nuts and the tire. When resting the tire on the ground, place the tire so that the wheel design faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 620 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency ■ If the spare tire cannot be lowered If the spare tire cannot be lowered, it may not have been stowed properly. Perform the following procedure: 1 Fully tighten the spare tire clamp bolt by turning the jack handle clockwise until two clicks are heard and the jack handle skips. 2 Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the spare tire. If the spare tire still cannot be lowered, attempt to fully tighten the spare tire clamp bolt again by turning the jack handle clockwise. Then turn it counterclockwise at least 2 turns to lower the spare tire. If the spare tire still cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 621 WARNING ■ Replacing a flat tire ● Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi- ately after the vehicle has been driven. After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns. ● Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury. • Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels. • Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the wheel while the vehicle is moving. • When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifically designed for that wheel. • If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. • When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the tapered ends facing inward. (→P. 546) ● Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury: • Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury. • Lower the spare tire completely to the ground before removing it from under the vehicle. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 622 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Installing the spare tire 1 Remove any dirt or foreign mat- ter from the wheel contact surface. If foreign matter is on the wheel contact surface, the wheel nuts may loosen while the vehicle is in motion, causing the tire to come off. 2 Install the spare tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by approximately the same amount.  Vehicles with a compact spare tire Tighten the nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose contact with the disc wheel seat. Tapered portion Disc wheel seat  Vehicles with a full-size spare tire Turn the nuts until the washers come into contact with the wheel. Disc wheel Washer HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 623 3 Lower the vehicle. 4 Firmly tighten each wheel nut two or three times in the order shown in the illustration. Tightening torque: 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 624 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ Stowing the flat tire Failure to follow steps listed under stowing the tire may result in damage to the spare tire carrier and loss of the tire, which could result in serious injury or death. Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a compact spare tire) 1 Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse side. Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament. 2 Stand the tire against the bumper with the inner surface facing toward you. Pass the hoist assembly (C) and holding bracket (B) through the wheel opening. 3 Fully depress the secondary latch (A) and install the bracket (B) to the hoist assembly (C). HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 625 4 Lay the tire on the ground with the outer surface (valve stem) facing up. 5 Before raising the tire, make sure that the hoist assembly is perpendicular to the wheel opening. (Try to place the tire directly beneath the vehicle, near where the wire cable is hanging from.) Valve stem 6 Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the tire clamp bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct position and two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips. 7 Confirm it is not loose after tightening: 1 Push and pull the tire 2 Try rotating Visually check to ensure tire is not hung on surrounding parts. If looseness or misassembly 8 exists, repeat steps 2 to 7 . 9 Stow the jack and all tools. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises 8 Repeat step 7 , any time the tire is lowered or disturbed. 626 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ Stowing the flat tire Failure to follow steps listed under stowing the tire may result in damage to the spare tire carrier and loss of the tire, which could result in serious injury or death. Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a full-size spare tire) 1 Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse side. Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament. 2 Stand the tire against the bumper with the inner surface facing toward you and install the outside spare tire cover. 3 Pass the hoist assembly (C) and holding bracket (B) through the wheel opening. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 627 4 Fully depress the secondary latch (A) and install the bracket (B) to the hoist assembly (C). 5 Lay the tire on the ground with the outer surface (valve stem) facing up. 6 When stowing the tire, make sure that the hoist assembly is placed perpendicular to the wheel opening. Valve stem 8 clamp bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct position and two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises 7 Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the spare tire 628 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 8 Install the inside spare tire cover to the outside spare tire cover. 9 Confirm it is not loose after tightening: 1 Push and pull the tire 2 Try rotating Visually check to ensure tire is not hung on surrounding parts. If looseness or misassembly exists, repeat steps 2 to 9 . 10 Repeat step 9 , any time the tire is lowered or disturbed. 11 Stow the jack and all tools. ■ The compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare tire) ● The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE ONLY” on the tire sidewall. Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency. ● Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire. (→P. 660) ■ When the compact spare tire is installed (vehicles with a compact spare tire) The vehicle is lower when the compact spare tire is installed compared to when standard tires are installed. ■ When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system) As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light remains on. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 629 ■ If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehi- cles with a compact spare tire) Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle. Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires: 1 Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire. 2 Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehicle. 3 Fit tire chains to the front tires. WARNING ■ When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare tire) ● Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire on another vehicle. ● Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously. ● Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi- ble. ● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift- ing operations that cause sudden engine braking. ■ When the compact spare tire is attached (vehicles with a compact spare tire) The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following systems may not operate correctly: ABS & Brake assist VSC TRAC Dynamic radar cruise control Pre-Collision System EPS • Automatic High Beam • LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) • Intuitive parking assist (if equipped) • Navigation system (if equipped) Also, not only can the following system not be utilized fully, but it may even negatively affect the drive-train components: • AWD system (if equipped) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises • • • • • • 630 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ Speed limit when using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare tire) Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact spare tire is installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or serious injury. ■ Replacing a flat tire for vehicles with power back door In cases such as when replacing tires, make sure to turn off the power back door main switch (→P. 126). Failure to do so may cause the back door to operate unintentionally if the power back door switch is accidentally touched, resulting in hands and fingers being caught and injured. ■ After using the tools and jack Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 631 NOTICE ■ Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire installed on the vehicle. The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving over uneven road surfaces. ■ Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire. Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving performance. ■ When replacing the tires When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly. ■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 533) ■ When stowing the flat tire ● Ensure that there is no object caught between the tire and the vehicle underbody. ● Securely tighten the spare tire clamp bolt to hold the spare wheel car- HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises rier by the hook. ● Stow the flat tire in the spare tire location. Failure to do so may cause damage to the spare tire carrier. Proper storage reduces the possibility of injury in a collision or during sudden braking. ● Have the flat tire repaired and the spare tire replaced with it as soon as possible. 632 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE ■ Proper storage of the spare tire ● If the hoist assembly is slanted when stowing a tire, the hoist assembly may become stuck in the wheel opening and the tire may not be raised properly, causing damage to the wheel or the wire cable. ● Do not attempt to turn the spare tire clamp bolt without a tire on the hoist assembly, as doing so may cause the wire cable to slip off of the shaft inside the unit and the wire cable may not be able to be raised or lowered. If the spare tire clamp bolt has been turned without a tire on the hoist assembly and the wire cable cannot be raised or lowered, contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 633 If the engine will not start If the engine will not start even though correct starting procedures are being followed (→P. 218, 221), consider each of the following points: The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates normally. One of the following may be the cause of the problem: ● There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank. Refuel the vehicle. ● The engine may be flooded. Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures. (→P. 218, 221) ● There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system. (→P. 80) The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low volume. One of the following may be the cause of the problem: ● The battery may be discharged. (→P. 638) ● The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded. The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart key system) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine. (→P. 634) 8 634 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound. One of the following may be the cause of the problem: ● One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected. ● The battery may be discharged. (→P. 638) ● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system. Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair procedures are unknown. Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart key system) When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning normally: 1 Set the parking brake. 2 Shift the shift lever to P. 3 Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode. 4 Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while depressing the brake pedal firmly. Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 635 If the electronic key does not operate properly (vehicles with a smart key system) If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is interrupted (→P. 144) or the electronic key cannot be used because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors can be opened and the engine can be started by following the procedure below. Locking and unlocking the doors and key linked functions Use the mechanical key (→P. 110) in order to perform the following operations: 1 Locks all the doors 2 Closes the windows and moon roof*1 (turn and hold)*2 (→P. 174, 177) 3 Unlocks the door Turning the key rearward unlocks the driver’s door. Turning the key once again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors. 4 Opens the windows and moon roof*1 (turn and hold)*2 (→P. 174, 177) * : If equipped *2: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer. 1 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 636 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency Starting the engine 1 Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal. 2 Touch the Toyota emblem side of the electronic key to the engine switch. When the electronic key is detected, a buzzer sounds and the engine switch will turn to IGNITION ON mode. When the smart key system is deactivated in customization setting, the engine switch will turn to ACCESSORY mode. 3 Firmly depress the brake pedal. Check that and a message are shown on the multi-information dis- play. 4 Press the engine switch. In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota dealer. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 637 ■ Stopping the engine Shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when stopping the engine. ■ Replacing the key battery As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted. (→P. 549) ■ Changing engine switch modes Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step 3 above. The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is pressed. (→P. 222) ■ When the electronic key does not work properly ● Make sure that the smart key system has not been deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on. (Customizable features →P. 680) ● Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function. (→P. 143) WARNING ■ When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows or moon roof Operate the power window or moon roof after checking to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the window or moon roof. Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window or moon roof. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 638 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency If the vehicle battery is discharged The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehicle’s battery is discharged. You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop. If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the steps below. 1 Vehicles with an alarm, confirm that the master key (vehicles without a smart key system) or electronic key (vehicles with a smart key system) is being carried. When connecting the jumper (or booster) cables, depending on the situation, the alarm may activate and doors locked. (→P. 84) 2 Open the hood. (→P. 516) 3 Vehicles with 3.5 L V6 (2GR- FKS) engine: engine cover. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Remove the 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 639 4 Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 640 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 1 Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle. 2 Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle. 3 Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi- nal on the second vehicle. 4 Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 641 5 Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle. 6 Vehicles with a smart key system: Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the engine switch off. 7 Vehicles without a smart key system: Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the engine switch to the “ON” position, then start the vehicle's engine. Vehicles with a smart key system: Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicle's engine. 8 Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the exact reverse order from which they were connected. Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 642 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency ■ Starting the engine when the battery is discharged The engine cannot be started by push-starting. ■ To prevent battery discharge ● Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is stopped. (Vehicles with Stop & Start system: except when the engine is stopped by the Stop & Start system.) ● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic. ■ When recharging or replacing the battery ● Vehicles with a smart key system: In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart key system when the battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors. ● Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction. ● Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off. If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery discharged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery. ● Vehicle with power back door: The power back door must be initialized. (→P. 692) ● Vehicles with Stop & Start system: After the battery terminals have been disconnected then reconnected or the battery has been replaced, the Stop & Start system may not automatically stop the engine for approximately 5 to 60 minutes. ■ Charging the battery The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of certain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges automatically during driving.) ■ When exchanging the battery (vehicles with Stop & Start system) Use a genuine battery specifically designed for use with a Stop & Start system or equivalent. If an unsupported battery is used, Stop & Start system functions may be restricted to protect the battery. Also, battery performance may decrease and the engine may not be able to restart. Contact your Toyota dealer for details. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 643 WARNING ■ Avoiding battery fires or explosions Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the battery: ● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal. ● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” terminal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area, such as brackets or unpainted metal. ● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact with each other. ● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near the battery. ■ Battery precautions The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following precautions when handling the battery: ● When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing or the vehicle body. ● Do not lean over the battery. ● In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes, immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention. Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention can be received. ● Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and other battery-related parts. ● Do not allow children near the battery. ■ When handling jumper cables When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entangled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) When trouble arises NOTICE 8 644 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency If your vehicle overheats The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating. ● The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (→P. 92) enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced. (For example, the vehicle speed does not increase.) ● Steam comes out from under the hood. Correction procedures 1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys- tem, and then stop the engine. 2 If you see steam: Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides. If you do not see steam: Carefully lift the hood. 3 After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, inspect the hoses and radiator core (radiator) for any leaks. 1 Radiator 2 Cooling fans If a large amount of coolant leaks, immediately contact your Toyota dealer. 4 The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the reservoir. 1 Reservoir 2 “FULL” 3 “LOW” 4 Radiator cap HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 645 5 Add coolant if necessary. Water can be used in an emergency if coolant is unavailable. 6 Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check that the radiator cooling fans operate and to check for coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses. The fans operate when the air conditioning system is turned on immediately after a cold start. Confirm that the fans are operating by checking the fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning system on and off repeatedly. (The fans may not operate in freezing temperatures.) 7 If the fans are not operating: Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer. If the fans are operating: Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer. WARNING HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8 When trouble arises ■ When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns. ● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot. ● Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from the fans and belts. ● Do not loosen the radiator cap and the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are hot. 646 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency NOTICE ■ When adding engine coolant Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine. ■ To prevent damage to the cooling system Observe the following precautions: ● Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust etc.). ● Do not use any coolant additive. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency 647 If the vehicle becomes stuck Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow: 1 Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P. 2 Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels. 3 Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels to help provide traction. 4 Restart the engine. 5 AWD models: Activate all-wheel drive lock mode. (→P. 330) 6 Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then, while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal. ■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle Press to turn off TRAC. 8 When trouble arises HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 648 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency WARNING ■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people. The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free. Use extreme caution. ■ When shifting the shift lever Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. NOTICE ■ To avoid damaging the transmission and other components ● Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more than necessary. ● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed, the vehicle may require towing to be freed. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 649 Vehicle specifications 9 9-1. Specifications Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 650 Fuel information ................ 664 Tire information ................. 667 9-2. Customization Customizable features ........................... 680 9-3. Initialization Items to initialize ............... 692 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 650 9-1. Specifications Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.) Dimensions Overall length 192.5 in. (4890 mm) Overall width 75.8 in. (1925 mm)  Without roof antenna Overall height*1 68.1 in. (1730 mm)  With roof antenna 70.1 in. (1780 mm) Wheelbase 109.8 in. (2790 mm) Front tread 64.4 in. (1635 mm) Rear tread 64.2 in. (1630 mm) *1: Unladen vehicles Weights Model code * 2 Vehicle weight (Occupant gage) capacity + ASU50L-ARTNKA 1460 lb. (660 kg) GSU50L-ARZNHA 1370 lb. (620 kg) GSU50L-ARZMHA GSU50L-ARZGHA GSU55L-ARZNHA GSU55L-ARZMHA GSU55L-ARZGHA Trailer Weight Rating (Trailer weight + cargo lugweight) 1500 lb. (680 kg) 1300 lb. (590 kg)*3 1370 lb. (620 kg)*4 1300 lb. (590 kg)*3 1370 lb. (620 kg)*4 5000 lb. (2200 kg) 1370 lb. (620 kg) 1300 lb. (590 kg)*3 1340 lb. (610 kg)*4 1280 lb. (580 kg) *2: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 651) *3: With a seating capacity of 7 occupants *4: With a seating capacity of 8 occupants HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 651 Vehicle identification ■ Vehicle identification number The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle. This number is stamped on the top left of the instrument panel. On some models, this number is stamped under the right-hand front seat. This number is also on the Certification Label. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 652 9-1. Specifications ■ Engine number The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U)  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 9-1. Specifications 653 Engine Model 1AR-FE 2GR-FKS Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline 6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline Bore and stroke 3.54 × 4.13 in. (90.0 × 105.0 mm) 3.70 × 3.27 in. (94.0 × 83.0 mm) Displacement 163.1 cu. in. (2672 cm3) 210.9 cu. in. (3456 cm3) Valve clearance Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment Fuel Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher Fuel tank capacity (Reference) 19.2 gal. (72.5 L, 15.9 Imp. gal.) 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 654 9-1. Specifications Lubrication system Oil capacity (Drain and refill ⎯ reference*) With filter  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 4.6 qt. (4.4 L, 3.9 Imp. qt.)  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 5.8 qt. (5.5 L, 4.8 Imp. qt.) Without filter  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 4.2 qt. (4.0 L, 3.5 Imp. qt.)  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 5.6 qt. (5.3 L, 4.7 Imp. qt.) *: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick. ■ Engine oil selection “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity. Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20 SAE 0W-20 is the best choice for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather. If SAE 0W-20 is not available, SAE 5W-20 oil may be used. However, it must be replaced with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil change. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Outside temperature 9-1. Specifications 655 Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example): • The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather. • The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions. How to read oil container label: The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 656 9-1. Specifications Cooling system 2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) 10.7 qt. (10.1 L, 8.9 Imp. qt.) engine Capacity (Reference)  Without towing package 12.3 qt. (11.6 L, 10.2 Imp. qt.) 3.5 L V6 (2GRFE) engine  With towing package 12.6 qt. (11.9 L, 10.5 Imp. qt.) Coolant type Use either of the following. • “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” • Similar high-quality ethylene glycolbased non-silicate, non-amine, nonnitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology Do not use plain water alone. Ignition system Spark plug Make Gap  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine DENSO SK16HR11  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine DENSO FK20HBR8  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 0.043 in.(1.1 mm)  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 0.031 in. (0.8 mm) NOTICE ■ Iridium-tipped spark plugs Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 657 Electrical system Battery Open voltage at 68°F 12.3 V or More (20°C): If the voltage is lower than the standard value, charge the battery. (Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine and all lights are turned off.) Charging rates 5 A max. Automatic transaxle  2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine 6.9 qt. (6.5 L, 5.7 Imp. qt.) Fluid capacity* Fluid type  3.5 L V6 (2GR-FKS) engine 2WD models: 8.0 qt. (7.58 L, 6.7 Imp. qt.) AWD models: 8.0 qt. (7.58 L, 6.7 Imp. qt.) Toyota Genuine ATF WS *: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer. NOTICE ■ Automatic transmission fluid type Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmission of your vehicle. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 658 9-1. Specifications Transfer (AWD models) Oil capacity 0.8 qt. (0.8 L, 0.7 Imp. qt.) Oil type and viscosity Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil LT 75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the factory. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details. Rear differential (AWD models) Oil capacity 0.5 qt. (0.5 L, 0.4 Imp. qt.) Oil type and viscosity Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil LT 75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the factory. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 659 Brakes Pedal clearance*1 3.4 in. (85 mm) Min. Pedal free play 0.04 ⎯ 0.08 in. (1 ⎯ 2 mm) Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) Parking brake wear limit lining 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) Parking travel*2 pedal brake Fluid type 8 ⎯ 11 clicks SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 *1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N, 50 kgf) while the engine is running * 2 : Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 67 lbf (300 N, 31 kgf) Steering Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm) 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 660 9-1. Specifications Tires and wheels  Type A Tire size 245/60R18 105T, T165/90D18 107M (spare) Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare) Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)  Type B Tire size P245/60R18 104T, T165/90D18 107M (spare) Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare) Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications  661 Type C Tire size 245/55R19 103T, T165/90D18 107M (spare) Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. Wheel size 19 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare) Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)  Type D Tire size 245/60R18 105T Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2 J Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9 Vehicle specifications Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. 662  9-1. Specifications Type E Tire size P245/60R18 104T Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2 J Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)  Type F Tire size 245/55R19 103T Front 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) Tire inflation pres- Spare sure 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar) (Recommended Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160 km/h]) cold tire inflation (in countries where such speeds are permitted by pressure) law) Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall. Wheel size 19 × 7 1/2 J Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 663 9-1. Specifications Light bulbs*1 Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type 9005 ⎯ 60 55 A B 7444NA 28/8 C Front side marker lights ⎯ 5 D Front fog lights* ⎯ 19 E Rear turn signal lights ⎯ 21 C Back-up lights ⎯ 16 D License plate lights ⎯ 5 D Vanity lights ⎯ 1.26 D ⎯ 5 D ⎯ 8 D 168 5 D ⎯ 5 D F Headlights High beam Low beam Parking and front turn signal lights Exterior Interior 2 Front lights interior/front personal Rear lights interior/rear personal Door courtesy lights Luggage compartment light Type A Type B A: HB3 halogen bulbs B: H11 halogen bulbs C: Wedge base bulbs (amber) D: Wedge base bulbs (clear) E: H16 halogen bulbs F: Double end bulbs *1: Light bulbs not listed in this table are LED bulbs. *2: If equipped 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 664 9-1. Specifications Fuel information You must only use unleaded gasoline. Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87 may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage. At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A.. ■ Gasoline quality In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer. ■ Gasoline quality standards ● Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.A., Europe and Japan have developed a specification for fuel quality called the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC), which is expected to be applied worldwide. ● The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 4 has been adopted. ● The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets, and improves customer satisfaction through better performance. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 665 ■ Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives ● Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid the build-up of engine deposits. ● All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concentration program. ● Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers, please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com. ■ Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements. Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced vehicle emissions. ■ Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline ● Use only gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol. DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline that could contain more than 15% ethanol, including from any pump labeled E30, E50, E85 (which are only some examples of fuel containing more than 15% ethanol). DO NOT use gasoline containing more than 15% ethanol. (30% ethanol) (50% ethanol) (85% ethanol) ● If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no lower than 87. ● Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 666 9-1. Specifications ■ Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service. ■ If your engine knocks ● Consult your Toyota dealer. ● You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern. NOTICE ■ Notice on fuel quality ● Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be damaged. ● Do not use leaded gasoline. Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converters causing the emission control system to malfunction. ● Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated. Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance problems. ● Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking. At worst, this will lead to engine damage. ■ Fuel-related poor driveability If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that type of fuel. ■ When refueling with gasohol Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 667 Tire information Typical tire symbols  Full-size tire  Compact spare tire 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 668 9-1. Specifications 1 Tire size (→P. 670) 2 DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (→P. 669) 3 Location of treadwear indicators (→P. 531) 4 Tire ply composition and materials Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands which form the plies in a tire. 5 Radial tires or bias-ply tires A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL” is a bias-ply tire. 6 TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pressure. 7 Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 674) 8 Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 674) This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. 9 Uniform tire quality grading For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows. 10 Summer tires or all season tires (→P. 536) An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S” is a summer tire. 11 “TEMPORARY USE ONLY” A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary emergency use only. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 669 Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)  Type A  Type B 1 DOT symbol* 2 Tire Identification Number (TIN) 3 Tire manufacturer’s identification mark 4 Tire size code 5 Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters) 6 Manufacturing week 7 Manufacturing year 8 Manufacturer's code *: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 670 9-1. Specifications Tire size ■ Typical tire size information The illustration indicates typical tire size. 1 Tire use (P = Passenger car, T = Temporary use) 2 Section width (millimeters) 3 Aspect ratio (tire height to section width) 4 Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal) 5 Wheel diameter (inches) 6 Load index (2 digits or 3 digits) 7 Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter) ■ Tire dimensions 1 Section width 2 Tire height 3 Wheel diameter HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 671 Tire section names 1 Bead 2 Sidewall 3 Shoulder 4 Tread 5 Belt 6 Inner liner 7 Reinforcing rubber 8 Carcass 9 Rim lines 10 Bead wires 11 Chafer 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 672 9-1. Specifications Uniform Tire Quality Grading This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading. Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. ■ DOT quality grades All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A ■ Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. ■ Traction AA, A, B, C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 673 ■ Temperature A, B, C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 674 9-1. Specifications Glossary of tire terminology Tire related term Meaning Tire pressure when the vehicle has been Cold tire inflation pres- parked for three hours or more, or has not been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under sure that condition Maximum pressure inflation Recommended tion pressure The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of the tire infla- Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer Accessory weight The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether installed or not) Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment, including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine The sum of: (a) Curb weight Maximum loaded vehi(b) Accessory weight cle weight (c) Vehicle capacity weight (d) Production options weight Normal weight occupant Occupant distribution HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants specified in the second column of Table 1* that follows Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table 1* below 9-1. Specifications Tire related term Production weight 675 Meaning The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they options replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat Rim size designation Rim diameter and width Rim type designation The industry manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges Vehicle capacity The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb. weight (Total load (68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating capacity) capacity The load on an individual tire that is deterVehicle maximum load mined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and on the tire dividing by two The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of Vehicle normal load on curb weight, accessory weight, and normal the tire occupant weight (distributed in accordance with Table 1* below), and dividing by two The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire Bead The part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9 Vehicle specifications Weather side 676 9-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material CT A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cavity of the tire Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs Innerliner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire Innerliner separation The parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass Intended sidewall (a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same outboard molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (b) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications Tire related term 677 Meaning Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum permissible The maximum cold inflation pressure to which inflation pressure a tire may be inflated The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord material Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less. Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9 Vehicle specifications Measuring rim 678 9-1. Specifications Tire related term Meaning Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands Sidewall That portion of a tire between the tread and bead Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and Snow tire which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( on at least one sidewall ) Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use with that tire Tread That portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially around a tire Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass Treadwear (TWI) The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread indicators Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing *: Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 9-1. Specifications 679 Designated seating capacity, Number of occupants Vehicle normal load, Number of occupants Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehicle 2 through 4 2 2 in front 5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat 11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat 16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 680 9-2. Customization Customizable features Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features can be changed by the meter control switches, on the audio system screen or at your Toyota dealer. Customizing vehicle features (audio system screen) ■ Changing by Entune Audio 1 Press the “SETUP” button. 2 Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen. Select the desired item. ■ Changing by Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio 1 Press the “APPS” button. 2 Touch “Setup” on the “Apps” screen and select “Vehicle”. Select the desired item. Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can be changed for details. Customizing vehicle features (meter control switches) ■ Changing by the meter control switches →P. 96 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 681 9-2. Customization Customizable features Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details. 1 Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen 2 Settings that can be changed by the meter control switches 3 Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available ■ Gauges, meters and multi-information display (→P. 92, 95) Function*1 Language*2 Default setting English Customized setting French Spanish 1 2 3 O O — O O — km (km/L) Units*2 miles (MPG US) km (L/100 km) miles (MPG Imperial) Maintenance system initialization*3 Eco Driving Light Indicator switch settings Off On — O — On (Self-lighting) Off — O — Drive information 1 Desired status screen*4 — O — Current fuel consumption Drive information 1 *5 Distance (driving range) Drive information 2 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Average fuel economy (after refueling) — O — 9 — O — Vehicle specifications Average fuel economy (after reset) — O — *5 — O — 682 9-2. Customization Function*1 Default setting Customized setting Driving distance (after reset) Drive information 3 Average vehicle speed (after reset) Pop-up display On 1 2 3 — O — *5 — O — Off — O — Blue Accent color Light blue Orange O O — Yellow Speed limit display* 6 On with the speed limit caution indicator (yellow) enabled On with the speed limit caution indicator (yellow) not enabled — O O Off *1: For details about each function: →P. 99 *2: The default setting varies according to country. *3: U.S.A. only *4: Some status screens cannot be registered (indicated on multi-information display). *5: 6 of the following items: current fuel consumption, average fuel economy (after reset), average fuel economy (after refuel), average fuel economy (after start), average vehicle speed (after reset), average vehicle speed (after start), distance (driving range), elapsed time (after reset), elapsed time (after start), distance (after start), driving distance (after reset), blank. *6: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 683 9-2. Customization ■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (→P. 275) Default setting Customized setting Steering Assist On Off — O — Alert sensitivity Standard High — O — On Off — O — Function Vehicle sway warning Vehicle sway sensitivity warning Standard Low High 1 2 3 — O — ■ PCS (Pre-Collision System) (→P. 261) Function Default setting Customized setting PCS (Pre-Collision System) On Off (Far) Alert timing 1 2 3 — O — — O — (Middle) (Near) 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 684 9-2. Customization ■ BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (→P. 316) Function BSM Default setting Customized setting On Off 1 2 3 — O — *: If equipped ■ Power mode (driving mode)* (→P. 229) Function Power mode Default setting Customized setting On Off 1 2 3 — O — *: If equipped ■ Stop & Start system* (→P. 297) Function Default setting Customized setting Change the Stop & Start system duration when the A/C is on Standard Extended *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 2 3 — O — 685 9-2. Customization ■ Door lock (→P. 115, 123, 635) Default setting Customized setting Unlocking using a key Driver’s door unlocked in one step, all doors unlocked in two steps All doors unlocked in one step Automatic door lock Off Shifting the shift Vehicle speed is lever to position approximately 12 O — O other than P mph (20 km/h) or higher Automatic door unlock Shifting the shift lever to P Function 1 2 3 — — O Off Driver’s door is opened O — O ■ Smart key system* and wireless remote control (→P. 115, 123) Function Operation ume buzzer Default setting vol- Operation signal (Emergency flashers) Time elapsed before automatic door lock function is activated if door is not opened after being unlocked Open door buzzer warning HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) On Off Level 1 to 7 Off 1 2 3 O — O O — O Off 60 seconds 30 seconds O — O 120 seconds 9 On Off — — O Vehicle specifications *: If equipped Level 5 Customized setting 686 9-2. Customization ■ Smart key system* (→P. 115, 123, 141) Function Smart key system Number of consecutive door lock operations Default setting Customized setting On Off — — O 2 times As many as desired — — O 1 2 3 *: If equipped ■ Wireless remote control (→P. 108, 115, 123) Default setting Customized setting On Off — — O Driver’s door unlocked in one step, all doors unlocked in two steps All doors unlocked in one step O — O Reservation lock* On Off O — O Alarm (panic mode) On Off — — O Function Wireless remote control Unlocking operation 1 2 3 *: Vehicles without smart key system ■ Power back door* (→P. 123) Function Default setting Customized setting 1 Power back door opening angle Opening angle 5 Opening angle 1 to 4 O — O *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2 3 687 9-2. Customization ■ Driving position memory* (→P. 158) Function Default setting Customized setting Selecting the door linking driving position memory with door unlock operation Driver’s door All doors 1 2 3 — — O *: If equipped ■ Power windows and moon roof*(→P. 172, 176) Default setting Customized setting Key linked operation Off On — — O Wireless remote control linked operation (open only) Off On — — O Wireless remote control linked operation signal (buzzer) On Off — — O Function Default setting Customized setting One-touch close operation using the power window switches on the front passenger door and each rear door On Off Function 1 2 3 *: If equipped ■ Power windows (→P. 172) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 2 3 — — O 9 On Off — — O Vehicle specifications One-touch front passenger window or rear side window close operation using the power window switch on the driver’s door 1 688 9-2. Customization ■ Moon roof* (→P. 176) Function Default setting Customized setting Linked operation of components when mechanical key is used (open only) Slide only Tilt only — — O Linked operation of components when wireless remote control is used Slide only Tilt only — — O 1 2 3 *: If equipped ■ Turn signal lever (→P. 233) Function The number of times the turn signal lights flash automatically when the turn signal lever is moved to the first position during a lane change*1 Default setting Customized setting 1 2 3 Off*2 3 4 to 7 — — O *1: After flashing the turn signal lights when turning left or right while this function is off and the turn signal lever is moved to the first position in the direction of the flashing light, the turn signal lights can be selected to be flashing or off. *2: The turn signal lights will be off if the turn signal lever is moved to the first position in the direction of flashing light. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 689 9-2. Customization ■ Automatic light control system (→P. 235) Function Light sensor sensitivity Time elapsed before headlights automatically turn off after doors are closed Default setting Customized setting Standard -2 to 2 1 2 3 O — O Off 30 seconds 60 seconds O — O 90 seconds ■ Lights (→P. 235) Function Daytime system* running light Default setting Customized setting On Off 1 2 3 O — O *: U.S.A. only ■ Intuitive parking assist*1 (Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTI- MEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”) Function Default setting Customized setting Detection distance of the rear center sensor Far Near O — O Level 3 Level 1 to 5 O — O All sensors displayed Display off O — O Buzzer volume Display setting*2 1 2 3 *1: If equipped *2: When intuitive parking assist is operating. ■ Automatic air conditioning system* (→P. 442) Default setting Customized setting A/C auto switch operation On Off *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 2 3 O — O Vehicle specifications Function 9 690 9-2. Customization ■ Illumination (→P. 458) Function Default setting Customized setting 1 2 3 Off Time elapsed before the interior lights turn off 15 seconds 7.5 seconds O — O 30 seconds Operation after the engine switch is turned off On Off — — O Operation when doors are unlocked On Off — — O Operation when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key on your person*1 On Off — — O Ambient lights*2 On Off — — O the Off Time elapsed before the outer foot lights turn off*2 15 seconds Operation of the outer foot lights when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key on your person*2 On Off — — O Operation of the outer foot lights when the doors are unlocked*2 On Off — — O 7.5 seconds O — O 30 seconds *1: Vehicles with a smart key system *2: Vehicles with driving position memory ■ Seat belt reminder (→P. 582) Function Default setting Customized setting Vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer On Off HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 1 2 3 — — O 9-2. Customization 691 ■ Vehicle customization ● When the smart key system is off, the entry unlock function cannot be customized. ● When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the timer activated automatic door lock function activates, signals will be generated in accordance with the operation buzzer volume and operational signal (Emergency flashers) function settings. ■ Changing of the power back door opening angle (if equipped) The opening angle setting can be changed through operation of either the power back door switch or the audio system screen. However, if the engine switch is on and the power back door switch is used to change the opening angle setting, the changed opening angle will not be reflected on the audio system screen until the engine switch is turned off and then on again. ■ When customizing on the audio system screen Stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Also, to prevent battery discharge, leave the engine running while customizing the features. WARNING ■ During customization As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard. NOTICE ■ During customization To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while customizing features. 9 Vehicle specifications HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 692 9-3. Initialization Items to initialize The following items must be initialized for normal system operation after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or maintenance being performed on the vehicle: Item When to initialize Reference • After reconnecting or changing the battery • After changing a fuse P. 123 Message indicating mainteAfter the maintenance is pernance is required formed (U.S.A. only) P. 508 When changing the tire inflaTire pressure warning systion pressure by changing travtem eling speed or load weight, etc. P. 534 Power back door* *: If equipped HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 693 For owners 10 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners ............................. 694 Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) ............................... 695 SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French) ............................... 698 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 694 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800331-4331). If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 695 Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions extracted from the seat belt section in this manual. See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in English. Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité ● Déroulez la sangle diagonale de telle sorte qu’elle passe bien sur l’épaule, sans pour autant être en contact avec le cou ou glisser de l’épaule. ● Placez la sangle abdominale le plus bas possible sur les hanches. ● Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et calez-vous bien dans le siège. ● Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité. 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 696 Guide de confort de ceinture de sécurité (siège central de la troisième rangée) Si la sangle diagonale est proche du cou d’une personne, utilisez le guide de confort de la ceinture de sécurité. 1 Sortez le guide de confort de sa poche. 2 Glissez la ceinture dans la fente du guide. Le cordon élastique doit être derrière la ceinture de sécurité. 3 Attachez la ceinture de sécurité et placez-la confortablement. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 697 Entretien et soin ■ Ceintures de sécurité Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d’eau savonneuse tiède. Vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas effilochées, entaillées ou exagérément usées. AVERTISSEMENT ■ Détérioration et usure des ceintures de sécurité Inspectez le système de ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez l'absence de coupures, d'effilochages et de pièces desserrées. N’utilisez pas une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant qu’elle ne soit remplacée. Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse ne protège pas l’occupant de blessures graves ou mortelles. 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 698 SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French) The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual. See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instructions in English. ◆ Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS 1 Le coussin gonflable conducteur/le coussin gonflable passager avant SRS Participent à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur et du passager avant contre les chocs contre les éléments de l’habitacle 2 Coussin gonflable SRS de genoux du conducteur Participe à la protection du conducteur 3 Coussin gonflable d'assise SRS Participe à la protection du passager avant HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 699 ◆ Coussins gonflables latéraux et rideau SRS 4 Coussins gonflables latéraux SRS Peuvent aider à protéger le torse des passagers avant 5 Coussins gonflables rideau SRS ● Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des occupants assis aux places extérieures ● Contribuent à empêcher les occupants d'être éjectés du véhicule en cas de tonneau Composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 700 1 Coussin gonflable passager 10 Capteurs d’impact latéral (arrière) avant 2 Coussins gonflables rideau 11 Contacteur de boucle de cein- latéral ture de sécurité du siège passager avant 4 Témoins indicateurs “AIR BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF” 12 Capteur de position du siège 5 Prétensionneurs de ceintures 13 Contacteur de boucle de cein- de sécurité et limiteurs de force 14 Coussin gonflable de genoux 3 Capteurs d’impact (portes avant) 6 Coussins gonflables latéraux 7 Coussin gonflable d'assise 8 Témoin d’avertissement SRS 9 Coussin gonflable conducteur conducteur ture de sécurité conducteur du conducteur 15 Système de classification de l’occupant du siège passager avant (ECU et capteurs) 16 Capteurs d’impact avant 17 Boîtier électronique de cous- sins gonflables Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLIGENTS conçus selon les normes de sécurité américaines applicables aux véhicules à moteur (FMVSS208). Le boîtier électronique (ECU) des coussins gonflables régule le déploiement des coussins gonflables sur la base des informations qu’il reçoit des capteurs, etc., indiqués ci-dessus dans le schéma illustrant les composants du système. Parmi ces informations figurent la gravité du choc et l’occupation du véhicule par les passagers. Le déploiement rapide des coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen d’une réaction chimique dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant d’amortir le mouvement des occupants. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 701 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables SRS. Autrement, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient s’ensuivre. ● Le conducteur et tous les passagers du véhicule doivent porter correctement leur ceinture de sécurité. Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplémentaires à utiliser avec les ceintures de sécurité. ● Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se déploie avec une violence considérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le conducteur se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. La NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) conseille: Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se trouve dans les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) de déploiement, vous placer à 10 in. (250 mm) de votre coussin gonflable conducteur vous garantit une marge de sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer entre le centre du volant et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à moins de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs façons: • Reculez votre siège le plus possible, de manière à pouvoir encore atteindre confortablement les pédales. • Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège. Bien que les véhicules puissent être différents les uns des autres, la plupart des conducteurs peuvent s’asseoir à une distance de 10 in. (250 mm), même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé, simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des difficultés à voir la route après avoir incliné votre siège, utilisez un coussin ferme et antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le siège si votre véhicule est équipé de cette fonction. • Si votre volant est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a pour effet d’orienter le coussin gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutôt que de votre tête et de votre cou. Réglez votre siège selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus, tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales, du volant et la vue des commandes du tableau de bord. 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 702 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS ● Si vous attachez une rallonge de ceinture de sécurité aux boucles de ceinture de sécurité avant, mais pas au pêne de la ceinture de sécurité, les coussins gonflables avant SRS détectent que le conducteur et le passager avant ont attaché leur ceinture de sécurité, alors même que ce n’est pas le cas. Dans ce cas, il se peut que les coussins gonflables avant SRS ne se déploient pas correctement en cas de collision et vous risquez d’être tué ou grièvement blessé. Veillez à porter la ceinture de sécurité avec la rallonge de ceinture de sécurité. ● Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se déploie également avec une violence considérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le passager avant se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. Éloignez le siège du passager avant au maximum du coussin gonflable et réglez le dossier de siège de façon à être assis bien droit dans le siège. ● Les nourrissons et les enfants qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou protégés peuvent être grièvement blessés ou tués par le déploiement d’un coussin gonflable. Installez dans un siège de sécurité enfant les nourrissons et les enfants trop petits pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de sécurité. Toyota recommande vivement que les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants soient installés sur les sièges arrière du véhicule et convenablement attachés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs pour les nourrissons et les enfants que le siège du passager avant. ● N’installez jamais de siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le siège du passager avant, même si le témoin indicateur “AIR BAG OFF” est allumé. En cas d'accident, par la violence et la vitesse de son déploiement, le coussin gonflable passager avant peut blesser grièvement, voire tuer l'enfant si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est installé sur le siège du passager avant. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 703 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS ● Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du siège et ne vous appuyez pas contre le tableau de bord. ● Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout devant le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant ou bien s’asseoir sur les genoux du passager avant. ● Ne laissez pas les occupants des sièges avant voyager avec un objet sur les genoux. ● Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte, contre le rail latéral de toit ou contre les montants avant, latéraux et arrière. ● Ne laissez personne se mettre à genoux sur le siège du passager en appui contre la porte ou sortir la tête ou les mains à l’extérieur du véhicule. 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 704 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS ● Ne fixez rien et ne posez rien sur la planche de bord, la garniture du volant et la partie inférieure du tableau de bord. Au déploiement des coussins gonflables SRS conducteur, passager avant et de genoux du conducteur, ces objets risquent de se transformer en projectiles. ● Ne fixez rien aux portes, à la vitre du pare-brise, aux vitres latérales, aux montants avant et arrière, au rail latéral de toit et à la poignée d’assistance. ● Véhicules dépourvus de système d'accès et de démarrage “mains libres”: N’attachez pas à la clé d'objets lourds, pointus ou très durs, comme d’autres clés et accessoires. Ces objets risquent d'entraver le déploiement du coussin gonflable de genoux SRS du conducteur ou d'être projetés vers le siège conducteur par la force de déploiement du coussin gonflable, entraînant ainsi un danger. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 705 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS ● Si un cache en vinyle recouvre la partie où le coussin gonflable de genoux pour conducteur SRS se déploie, veillez à l'enlever. ● N’utilisez aucun accessoire de siège qui couvrirait les zones de déploiement des coussins gonflables latéraux SRS et du coussin gonflable d'assise SRS, car il risquerait de gêner le déploiement des coussins gonflables. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les coussins gonflables latéraux et le coussin gonflable d’assise de fonctionner correctement, désactiver le dispositif ou entraîner le déploiement accidentel des coussins gonflables latéraux et du coussin gonflable d’assise, entraînant la mort ou des blessures graves. ● Ne faites pas subir de chocs ou de pressions excessives à la zone renfermant les composants de coussin gonflable SRS. En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un fonctionnement anormal des coussins gonflables SRS. ● Ne touchez aucun composant du système immédiatement après le déploiement (gonflage) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent être chauds. ● Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l’air frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger. Essuyez tout résidu dès que possible afin d’éviter d’éventuelles irritations de la peau. ● Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la garniture du volant et les garnitures de montants avant et arrière, sont abîmées ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toyota. ● Ne disposez rien sur le siège du passager avant, comme par exemple un coussin. Cela aurait pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager sur toute la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter correctement le poids du passager. Il en résulte que les coussins gonflables avant SRS du passager avant risquent de ne pas se déployer en cas de collision. 10 For owners HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 706 AVERTISSEMENT ■ Modification et mise au rebut des éléments du système de coussins gonflables SRS Consultez votre concessionnaire Toyota avant de mettre votre véhicule au rebut ou de procéder à l'une des modifications suivantes. Les coussins gonflables SRS peuvent être défaillants ou se déployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provoquant la mort ou de graves blessures. ● Installation, dépose, démontage et réparation des coussins gonflables SRS ● Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garniture, des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des rails latéraux de toit ● Réparations ou modifications des ailes avant, du pare-chocs avant ou des flancs de l’habitacle ● Installation d’un protège-calandre (pare-buffle, pare-kangourou, etc.), de chasse-neiges, de treuils ou d'une galerie de pavillon ● Modifications du système de suspension du véhicule ● Installation d’appareils électroniques, tels qu’un émetteur/récepteur radio mobile ou un lecteur CD ● Aménagements de votre véhicule pour une personne atteinte d’un handicap physique HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 707 Index What to do if... (Troubleshooting) .................... 708 Alphabetical index ..................... 714 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 708 What to do if... (Troubleshooting) What to do if... (Troubleshooting) If you have a problem, check the following before contacting your Toyota dealer. The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed You lose your keys ● If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 111) ● If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (→P. 114) The doors cannot be locked or unlocked ● Is the key battery weak or depleted? (→P. 549) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode? When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (→P. 222) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle? When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on your person. ● The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio wave. (→P. 111, 144) The rear door cannot be opened ● Is the child-protector lock set? The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector lock. (→P. 120) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) What to do if... (Troubleshooting) 709 If you think something is wrong The engine does not start (vehicles without a smart key system) ● Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 218) ● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (→P. 218) ● Is the battery discharged? (→P. 638) The engine does not start (vehicles with a smart key system) ● Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal? (→P. 221) ● Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 223) ● Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (→P. 142) ● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (→P. 224) ● Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted? In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (→P. 636) ● Is the battery discharged? (→P. 638) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 710 What to do if... (Troubleshooting) The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress the brake pedal ● Vehicles without a smart key system: Is the engine switch in the “ON” position? If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the engine switch in the “ON” position. (→P. 231) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode? If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (→P. 231) The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is stopped ● Vehicles without a smart key system: It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine switch. (→P. 219) ● Vehicles with a smart key system: It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (→P. 224) The windows do not open or close by operating the power window switches ● Is the window lock switch pressed? The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be operated if the window lock switch is pressed. (→P. 173) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) What to do if... (Troubleshooting) 711 The engine switch is turned off automatically (vehicles with a smart key system) ● The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of time. (→P. 223) A warning buzzer sounds during driving ● The seat belt reminder light is flashing Are the driver and the passengers wearing the seat belts? (→P. 582) ● The parking brake indicator is on Is the parking brake released? (→P. 234) Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound. (→P. 581, 591) An alarm is activated and the horn sounds (vehicles with an alarm) ● Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm? The sensor detects it and the alarm sounds. (→P. 82) Vehicles without a smart key system: To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position or start the engine. Vehicles with a smart key system: To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode or start the engine. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 712 What to do if... (Troubleshooting) A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle (vehicles with a smart key system) ● Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle or the moon roof or panoramic moon roof open? Check the message on the multi-information display. (→P. 591) A warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is displayed ● When a warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is displayed, refer to P. 581, 591. HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) What to do if... (Troubleshooting) 713 When a problem has occurred If you have a flat tire ● Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire. (→P. 608) The vehicle becomes stuck ● Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow. (→P. 647) HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 714 Alphabetical index Alphabetical index A A/C Air conditioning filter ............. 547 Front automatic air conditioning system............ 442 Front manual air conditioning system ................................ 436 Rear automatic air conditioning system............ 452 Rear manual air conditioning system ................................ 449 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................................. 331 Function ................................ 331 Warning light......................... 581 Air conditioning filter .............. 547 Air conditioning system Air conditioning filter ............. 547 Front automatic air conditioning system............ 442 Front manual air conditioning system ................................ 436 Rear automatic air conditioning system............ 452 Rear manual air conditioning system ................................ 449 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Airbags ....................................... 40 Airbag operating conditions .... 48 Airbag precautions for your child.............................. 43 Airbag warning light .............. 581 Correct driving posture ........... 28 Curtain shield airbag operating conditions ............. 49 Curtain shield airbag precautions........................... 46 Front passenger occupant classification system ............ 53 General airbag precautions .... 43 Locations of airbags ............... 40 Modification and disposal of airbags ............... 47 Side airbag operating conditions ............................. 49 Side airbag precautions.......... 43 Side and curtain shield airbags operating conditions ............................. 49 Side and curtain shield airbags precautions.............. 43 SRS airbags ........................... 40 Alphabetical index Alarm .......................................... 82 Alarm ...................................... 82 Warning buzzer............. 581, 591 All-wheel drive system............ 330 Anchor brackets ........................ 65 Antennas (smart key system)................................... 141 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...................................... 331 Function ................................ 331 Warning light......................... 581 Armrest..................................... 478 Assist grips .............................. 479 Audio input............................... 355 Automatic High Beam ............. 239 Automatic light control system.................................... 235 Automatic transmission.......... 227 If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P ..................... 231 S mode ................................. 229 AUX port ................................... 355 Auxiliary boxes ................ 465, 468 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 715 B Back door ................................ 123 Back-up lights Replacing light bulb .............. 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Battery ...................................... 527 Battery checking ................... 527 If the vehicle has discharged battery ................................ 638 Preparing and checking before winter ...................... 339 Bluetooth® Entune Audio ................ 396, 397 Hands-free system (for cellular phone) ............. 384 Bottle holders .......................... 462 Brake Fluid...................................... 659 Parking brake ....................... 234 Warning light......................... 581 Brake assist ............................. 331 Break-in tips ............................ 187 Brightness control Instrument panel light control .................................. 93 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 316 Blind Spot Monitor function............................... 321 Rear Cross Traffic Alert function............................... 324 716 Alphabetical index C Care................................... 500, 504 Aluminum wheels.................. 501 Exterior ................................. 500 Interior................................... 504 Seat belts.............................. 505 Cargo hooks............................. 467 CD player.................................. 369 Chains....................................... 341 Child restraint system............... 61 Booster seats, definition ......... 62 Booster seats, installation....... 73 Convertible seats, definition ............................... 62 Convertible seats, installation ............................ 69 Front passenger occupant classification system............. 53 Infant seats, definition............. 62 Infant seats, installation .......... 69 Installing CRS with LATCH anchors.................... 67 Installing CRS with seat belts...................................... 69 Installing CRS with top tether strap ........................... 75 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Child safety ................................ 60 Airbag precautions.................. 43 Back door precautions.......... 129 Battery precautions....... 528, 643 Child restraint system ............. 61 Glass hatch precautions ....... 138 How your child should wear the seat belt.......................... 36 Installing child restraints ......... 65 Moon roof precautions.......... 179 Panoramic moon roof precautions......................... 184 Power window lock switch .... 173 Power window precautions... 175 Rear door child-protectors .... 120 Removed electronic key battery precautions............. 551 Seat belt extender precautions........................... 39 Seat belt precautions.............. 38 Seat heater precautions ....... 455 Alphabetical index Child-protectors....................... 120 Cleaning ........................... 500, 504 Aluminum wheels.................. 501 Exterior ................................. 500 Interior................................... 504 Seat belts.............................. 505 Clock......................................... 471 Coat hooks ............................... 479 Compass .................................. 494 Condenser................................ 525 Console box ............................. 461 Conversation mirror ................ 470 Cooling system........................ 524 Engine overheating............... 644 Cruise control Dynamic radar cruise control................................. 285 Cup holders.............................. 463 Curtain shield airbags............... 41 Customizable features ............ 680 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 717 D DAC (Downhill Assist Control system).................... 337 Daytime running light system.................................... 236 Deck board............................... 468 Defogger Outside rear view mirrors ........................ 438, 444 Rear window................. 438, 444 Windshield .................... 437, 444 Dimensions .............................. 650 Dinghy towing.......................... 217 Display Drive information .................... 97 Dynamic radar cruise control ................................ 285 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) .......... 279 Multi-information display .................................. 95 Warning message ................ 591 Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 514 Door lock Doors .................................... 115 Smart key system ................. 115 Wireless remote control........ 116 718 Alphabetical index Doors Automatic door locking and unlocking system......... 120 Back door.............................. 123 Door lock............................... 115 Door windows ....................... 172 Open door warning buzzer ... 118 Outside rear view mirrors...... 170 Rear door child-protector ...... 120 Side doors............................. 115 Warning message................. 593 Downhill assist control system (DAC)......................... 337 Driver’s seat position memory .................................. 158 Driving ...................................... 186 Break-in tips.......................... 187 Correct driving posture ........... 28 Procedures ........................... 186 Winter drive tips .................... 339 Dynamic radar cruise control .................................... 285 Constant speed control mode .................................. 293 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode....................... 291 Dynamic Torque Control AWD system .......................... 332 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) E Eco Driving Indicator .............. 102 EDR (Event data recorder)........ 10 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................... 332 Function................................ 332 Warning light......................... 582 Electronic key .......................... 108 Battery-saving function ......... 143 If the electronic key does not operate properly ................. 635 Replacing the battery............ 549 Emergency flashers ................ 572 Emergency, in case of If a warning buzzer sounds................................ 581 If a warning light turns on ..... 581 If a warning message is displayed ............................ 591 If the battery is discharged ... 638 If the electronic key does not operate properly ........... 635 If the engine will not start...... 633 If you have a flat tire ............. 608 If you think something is wrong ................................. 579 If your vehicle becomes stuck................................... 647 If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency... 573 If your vehicle needs to be towed.................................. 575 If your vehicle overheats....... 644 Alphabetical index Engine....................................... 653 “ACC” position ...................... 218 ACCESSORY mode ............. 222 Compartment ........................ 519 Engine switch................ 218, 221 Hood ..................................... 516 How to start the engine......................... 218, 221 Identification number ............ 652 If the engine will not start ...... 633 Ignition switch (engine switch) ........... 218, 221 Overheating .......................... 644 Engine coolant......................... 524 Capacity................................ 656 Checking............................... 524 Preparing and checking before winter....................... 339 Engine coolant temperature gauge........................................ 92 Engine immobilizer system ...... 80 Engine oil ................................. 521 Capacity................................ 654 Checking............................... 521 Oil pressure warning message............................. 598 Preparing and checking before winter....................... 339 Engine switch .................. 218, 221 Enhanced VSC ......................... 331 719 Entune Audio ........................... 351 Audio input............................ 355 AUX port/ USB port............................. 355 CD player.............................. 369 iPod ...................................... 375 MP3/WMA disc ..................... 369 Optimal use .......................... 366 Portable music player ........... 383 Radio .................................... 367 Steering wheel audio switch ................................. 354 USB memory ........................ 379 Entune Audio Plus* Entune Premium Audio* EPS (Electric Power Steering) ..... 332 Function................................ 332 Warning light......................... 582 Event data recorder (EDR)........ 10 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 720 Alphabetical index F Flat tire...................................... 608 Floor mats .................................. 26 Fluid Automatic transaxle .............. 657 Brake .................................... 659 Washer ................................. 530 Fog lights ................................. 243 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Switch ................................... 243 Wattage ................................ 663 Front automatic air conditioning system ............. 442 Front door courtesy lights Location ................................ 458 Wattage ................................ 663 Front fog lights ........................ 243 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Switch ................................... 243 Wattage ................................ 663 Front manual air conditioning system ............. 436 Front passenger occupant classification system .............. 53 Front personal lights............... 459 Wattage ................................ 663 Front seats ............................... 149 Adjustment............................ 149 Cleaning................................ 504 Correct driving posture ........... 28 Driving position memory ....... 158 Head restraints ..................... 162 Seat heaters ......................... 456 Seat position memory ........... 158 Seat ventilators ..................... 456 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Front side marker lights ......... 235 Light switch........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Front turn signal lights ........... 233 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Turn signal lever ................... 233 Wattage ................................ 663 Fuel ........................................... 250 Capacity................................ 653 Fuel gauge.............................. 92 Fuel pump shut off system ... 580 Information............................ 664 Refueling .............................. 250 Type...................................... 653 Warning light......................... 582 Fuel consumption Average fuel economy............ 97 Current fuel consumption......................... 97 Fuel filler door ......................... 250 If the fuel filler door cannot be opened .............. 252 Refueling .............................. 250 Fuel pump shut off system..... 580 Fuses ........................................ 552 G Garage door opener ................ 481 Gauges ....................................... 92 Glass hatch .............................. 136 Glove box ................................. 461 Grocery bag hooks.................. 467 Alphabetical index H Hands-free system (for cellular phone)* ............. 384 Head restraints ........................ 162 Headlights ................................ 235 Automatic High Beam system ................................ 235 Light switch ........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Heaters Front automatic air conditioning system............ 442 Front manual air conditioning system ................................ 436 Heated steering wheel .......... 456 Outside rear view mirrors ........................ 438, 444 Rear automatic air conditioning system............ 452 Rear manual air conditioning system ................................ 449 Seat heaters ......................... 456 Hill-start assist control............ 331 Hood ......................................... 516 Open ..................................... 516 Hooks Cargo hooks ......................... 467 Coat hooks............................ 479 Grocery bag hooks ............... 467 Retaining hooks (floor mat)..... 26 Horn .......................................... 166 721 I I/M test ...................................... 513 Identification ............................ 651 Engine .................................. 652 Vehicle.................................. 651 Ignition switch (engine switch).............. 218, 221 Illuminated entry system ........ 459 Immobilizer system ................... 80 Indicators ................................... 89 Initialization Maintenance ......................... 508 Moon roof ............................. 178 Panoramic moon roof ........... 182 Power back door................... 129 Power windows..................... 174 Tire pressure warning system .................. 534 Inside rear view mirror............ 168 Interior lights ........................... 458 Switch ................................... 458 Wattage ................................ 663 Intuitive parking assist* J Jack Positioning the jack............... 518 Vehicle-equipped jack .......... 609 Jack handle.............................. 609 Jam protection function Moon roof ............................. 177 Panoramic moon roof ........... 182 Power back door................... 128 Power windows..................... 173 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 722 Alphabetical index K Keyless entry Smart key system ................. 115 Wireless remote control......................... 116, 124 Keys .......................................... 108 Battery-saving function ......... 143 Electronic key ....................... 108 Engine switch................ 218, 221 If the electronic key does not operate properly ................. 635 If you lose your keys ............. 111 Key number plate.................. 108 Keyless entry ................ 115, 124 Mechanical key ..................... 110 Replacing the battery............ 549 Warning buzzer..................... 142 Wireless remote control key...................................... 109 Knee airbags .............................. 41 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) L Lane Departure Alert with steering control (LDA) .......... 275 Language (multi-information display) .................................... 99 LATCH anchors ......................... 67 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control).................... 275 Lane departure alert function............................... 275 Steering control function....... 276 Vehicle sway warning ........... 276 Lever Auxiliary catch lever.............. 516 Hood lock release lever ........ 516 Shift lever.............................. 227 Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever ............... 166 Turn signal lever ................... 233 Wiper lever ................... 244, 248 License plate lights ................. 235 Light switch........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Alphabetical index Light bulbs Replacing.............................. 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Lights Automatic High Beam system ................................ 239 Fog light switch ..................... 243 Headlight switch.................... 235 Illuminated entry system ....... 459 Interior lights ......................... 458 Interior lights list.................... 458 Luggage compartment light..................................... 126 Personal lights ...................... 459 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Turn signal lever ................... 233 Vanity lights .......................... 469 Wattage ................................ 663 Lock steering column ............. 166 Luggage compartment light......................................... 126 Wattage ................................ 663 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 723 M Maintenance Do-it-yourself maintenance... 514 General maintenance ........... 510 Maintenance data ................. 650 Maintenance requirements ...................... 507 Malfunction indicator lamp..... 581 Master warning light ............... 584 Meter........................................... 92 Indicators ................................ 89 Instrument panel light control .................................. 93 Meters..................................... 92 Multi-information display......... 95 Warning lights......................... 87 Mirrors Inside rear view mirror .......... 168 Outside rear view mirror defoggers ................... 438, 444 Outside rear view mirrors ..... 170 Vanity mirrors ....................... 469 Moon roof................................. 176 Door lock linked moon roof operation ........... 177 Jam protection function ........ 177 Operation.............................. 176 724 Alphabetical index MP3 disc ................................... 369 Multi-information display.......... 95 Audio system-linked................ 95 Drive information..................... 97 Dynamic radar cruise control................................. 285 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) .......... 279 Navigation system-linked ....................... 95 Settings display....................... 99 Switching the display .............. 96 Warning message................. 591 N Noise from under vehicle............ 8 O Odometer.................................... 92 Oil Differential oil ........................ 658 Engine oil .............................. 654 Opener Back door.............................. 124 Fuel filler door ....................... 252 Glass hatch........................... 136 Hood ..................................... 516 Outer foot lights....................... 458 Outside rear view mirrors ....... 170 Adjusting and folding ............ 170 BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 316 Mirror position memory ......... 158 Outside rear view mirror defoggers ................... 438, 444 Outside temperature display.................................... 472 Overheating, Engine................ 644 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) P Panoramic moon roof ............. 180 Jam protection function ........ 182 Operation.............................. 180 Panoramic view monitor* Parking assist sensors (intuitive parking assist)* Parking brake........................... 234 Operation.............................. 234 Parking brake engaged warning buzzer................... 594 Parking brake engaged warning light ....................... 582 Parking brake engaged warning message ............... 594 Parking lights........................... 235 Light switch........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Wattage ................................ 663 PCS (Pre-Collision System).......... 261 Pre-collision brake assist...... 262 Pre-collision braking ............. 262 Pre-collision warning ............ 262 Warning light......................... 583 Alphabetical index Personal lights......................... 459 Wattage ................................ 663 Power back door...................... 123 Power mode ............................. 229 Power outlets ........................... 473 Power steering (Electric power steering) ...... 332 Warning light......................... 582 Power windows........................ 172 Door lock linked window operation ............... 174 Jam protection function......... 173 Operation .............................. 172 Window lock switch............... 173 Pre-Collision System (PCS) ...................................... 261 Pre-collision brake assist ...... 262 Pre-collision braking ............. 262 Pre-collision warning............. 262 Warning light......................... 583 725 R Radar cruise control (dynamic radar cruise control) ............. 285 Radiator.................................... 525 Radio ........................................ 367 Rear automatic air conditioning system ............. 452 Rear manual air conditioning system.................................... 449 Rear personal lights................ 459 Wattage ................................ 663 Rear seat .................................. 151 Adjustment............................ 151 Folding down ................ 153, 155 Rear seat entertainment system* Rear side marker lights........... 235 Light switch........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Rear sunshade......................... 477 Rear turn signal lights ............ 233 Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Turn signal lever ................... 233 Wattage ................................ 663 Rear view mirror Inside rear view mirror .......... 168 Outside rear view mirrors ..... 170 Rear view monitor system* .... 307 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 726 Alphabetical index Rear window defogger......................... 438, 444 Rear window wiper .................. 248 Refueling .................................. 250 Capacity................................ 653 Fuel types ............................. 653 If the fuel filler door cannot be opened............... 252 Opening the fuel tank cap..... 252 Replacing Electronic key battery ........... 549 Fuses .................................... 552 Light bulbs ............................ 556 Tires...................................... 608 Wireless remote control battery ................................ 549 Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners...................... 694 Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required.................................. 508 Roof rails .................................. 198 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) S Safety Connect ........................ 488 Seat belt reminder light .......... 582 Seat belts ................................... 30 Adjusting the seat belt ............ 33 Automatic Locking Retractor .............................. 35 Child restraint system installation ............................ 69 Cleaning and maintaining the seat belt........................ 505 Emergency Locking Retractor .............................. 35 How to wear your seat belt ..... 28 How your child should wear the seat belt.......................... 36 Pregnant women, proper seat belt use......................... 37 Reminder light and buzzer.... 582 Seat belt extender .................. 36 Seat belt pretensioners........... 34 SRS warning light ................. 581 Seat heaters ............................. 456 Seat position memory............. 158 Seat ventilators........................ 456 Seating capacity ...................... 200 Seats................................. 149, 151 Adjustment.................... 149, 151 Adjustment precautions................. 150, 157 Child seats/child restraint system installation................ 65 Cleaning ............................... 505 Driving position memory ....... 158 Head restraints ..................... 162 Properly sitting in the seat ...... 28 Seat heaters ......................... 456 Seat position memory........... 158 Seat ventilators..................... 456 Alphabetical index Sensor Automatic headlight system ................................ 237 Automatic High Beam system ................................ 239 Camera sensor ..................... 256 Inside rear view mirror .......... 169 Intuitive parking assist* LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) .......... 275 Radar sensor ........................ 256 Rain-sensing windshield wipers ................................. 246 Shift lever ................................. 227 Automatic transmission......... 227 If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P ................ 231 S mode ................................. 229 Shift lock system ..................... 231 Shopping bag hooks ............... 467 Side airbags ............................... 41 Side marker lights ................... 235 Light switch ........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Wattage ................................ 663 Side mirrors ............................. 170 Adjusting and folding ............ 170 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 316 Mirror position memory ......... 158 Side table.................................. 480 Side turn signal lights ............. 233 Replacing light bulbs............. 569 Turn signal lever ................... 233 727 Smart key system.................... 141 Antenna location................... 141 Entry functions...................... 115 Starting the engine ............... 221 Warning message................. 605 Snow mode .............................. 228 Snow tires ................................ 342 Spare tire.................................. 608 Inflation pressure .................. 660 Storage location.................... 609 Spark plug................................ 656 Specifications .......................... 650 Speedometer.............................. 92 Steering lock Column lock release ..... 219, 224 Steering lock system warning message ............... 605 Steering wheel ......................... 166 Adjustment............................ 166 Audio switches...................... 354 Heated steering wheel.......... 456 Stop & Start system ................ 297 Replacing battery.................. 642 Warning light......................... 583 Stop/tail lights Replacing light bulbs ............ 556 Storage feature ........................ 460 Stuck If the vehicle becomes stuck................................... 647 Sun visors ................................ 469 Sunshade Panoramic roof ..................... 180 Rear...................................... 477 Roof ...................................... 177 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 728 Alphabetical index Switches All-wheel drive lock switch ................................. 330 Audio remote control switches.............................. 354 Automatic High Beam switch ................................. 239 Back door opener switch ...... 124 Door lock switch.................... 119 Driving position memory switches.............................. 158 Dynamic radar cruise control switch...................... 285 Emergency flashers switch ... 572 Engine switch................ 218, 221 Fog light switch ..................... 243 Garage door opener switches.............................. 481 Heated steering wheel switch ................................. 456 Ignition switch ............... 218, 221 Intuitive parking assist* LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) switch ................................ 278 Light switches ....................... 235 Meter control switches ............ 96 Moon roof switches............... 176 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) Outside rear view mirror switches ............................. 170 Panoramic moon roof switches ............................. 180 Power back door main switch ................................. 126 Power back door opener and closer switch................ 123 Power door lock switch......... 119 Power window switch ........... 172 Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch ........ 438, 444 Rear window wiper and washer switch..................... 248 Seat heater switches ............ 456 Seat ventilator switches........ 456 “SNOW” button ..................... 228 “SOS” button......................... 488 Stop & Start cancel switch.... 298 Talk switch............................ 429 Telephone switches.............. 410 Tire pressure warning reset switch ........................ 534 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch ................................. 285 VSC OFF switch ................... 333 Window lock switch .............. 173 Windshield wiper and washer switch..................... 244 Alphabetical index T Tachometer ................................ 92 Tail lights.................................. 235 Light switch ........................... 235 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Talk switch ............................... 429 Telephone switches ................ 410 Theft deterrent system Alarm ...................................... 82 Engine immobilizer system ..... 80 Tire inflation pressure............. 542 Maintenance data ................. 660 Warning light......................... 584 Tire information ....................... 667 Glossary................................ 674 Size....................................... 670 Tire identification number ..... 669 Uniform Tire Quality Grading............................... 672 Tire pressure warning system.................................... 533 Function ................................ 533 Initializing .............................. 533 Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters......................... 533 Registering ID codes ............ 535 Tire pressure warning reset switch ................................. 534 Warning light......................... 584 729 Tires.......................................... 531 Chains .................................. 341 Checking............................... 531 If you have a flat tire ............. 608 Inflation pressure .................. 660 Information............................ 667 Replacing.............................. 608 Rotating tires ........................ 532 Size....................................... 660 Snow tires............................. 342 Spare tire .............................. 608 Tire pressure warning system................................ 533 Warning light......................... 584 Tools......................................... 609 Top tether strap ......................... 75 Towing Dinghy towing ....................... 217 Emergency towing ................ 575 Trailer towing ........................ 201 Toyota Safety Sense P............ 254 Automatic High Beam........... 239 Dynamic radar cruise control ................................ 285 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) .......... 275 PCS (Pre-Collision System) ....... 261 TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 331 Traction Control (TRAC).................................... 331 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 730 Alphabetical index Trailer sway control................. 331 Trailer towing .......................... 201 Transmission ........................... 227 Automatic transmission......... 227 If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P ..................... 231 S mode ................................. 229 Turn signal lights..................... 233 Replacing light bulbs............. 556 Turn signal lever ................... 233 Wattage ................................ 663 U USB charging ports................. 475 USB port ................................... 355 Utility vehicle precautions ...... 343 V Valet key ................................... 108 Vanity lights ............................. 469 Wattage ................................ 663 Vanity mirrors .......................... 469 Vehicle data recordings .............. 9 Vehicle identification number ................................... 651 Vehicle Stability Control (VSC) ...................................... 331 Voice command system* ....... 429 VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) .................................. 331 HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) W Warning buzzers Brake system........................ 581 Downshifting ......................... 230 Electric power steering system................................ 582 Key reminder ........................ 604 Parking brake ....................... 582 PCS (Pre-Collision System) ....... 583 Seat belt reminder ................ 582 Warning lights ........................... 87 ABS ...................................... 581 Brake system........................ 581 Electric power steering system................................ 582 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) .......... 583 Low fuel level........................ 582 Malfunction indicator lamp.... 581 Master warning light ............. 584 Parking brake ....................... 582 PCS (Pre-Collision System) ....... 583 Seat belt reminder light......... 582 Slip indicator ......................... 582 SRS ...................................... 581 Stop & Start cancel indicator .................. 583 Tire pressure ........................ 584 Alphabetical index 731 Warning messages.................. 591 Washer.............................. 244, 248 Checking............................... 530 Preparing and checking before winter....................... 339 Switch ........................... 244, 248 Washing and waxing ............... 500 Weight Cargo capacity...................... 200 Load limits............................. 200 Weights................................. 650 Wheels ...................................... 545 Replacing.............................. 545 Size....................................... 660 Window glasses....................... 172 Window lock switch ................ 173 Windows................................... 172 Power windows..................... 172 Rear window defogger ..................... 438, 444 Windshield wiper de-icer ............................ 438, 445 Windshield wipers ........... 244, 248 Intermittent windshield wipers with interval adjuster............................... 244 Rain-sensing windshield wipers ................................. 245 Winter driving tips ................... 339 Wireless remote control key .......................................... 109 Battery-saving function ......... 143 Locking/Unlocking......... 116, 124 Replacing the battery............ 549 WMA disc ................................. 369 *: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) 732 GAS STATION INFORMATION Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door P. 516 P. 252 Hood lock release lever Fuel filler door opener Tire inflation pressure P. 516 P. 252 P. 660 Fuel tank capacity (Reference) Fuel type 19.2 gal. (72.5 L, 15.9 Imp. gal.) Unleaded gasoline only P. 653 Cold tire inflation pressure P. 660 Engine oil capacity (Drain and refill — reference) P. 654 Engine oil type HIGHLANDER_U (OM0E017U) “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent P. 654